CA2805658C - Combination therapy with mdm2 and egfr inhibitors - Google Patents
Combination therapy with mdm2 and egfr inhibitors Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- CA2805658C CA2805658C CA2805658A CA2805658A CA2805658C CA 2805658 C CA2805658 C CA 2805658C CA 2805658 A CA2805658 A CA 2805658A CA 2805658 A CA2805658 A CA 2805658A CA 2805658 C CA2805658 C CA 2805658C
- Authority
- CA
- Canada
- Prior art keywords
- optionally containing
- containing unsaturation
- group
- lower alkyl
- branched
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Expired - Fee Related
Links
- 229940121647 egfr inhibitor Drugs 0.000 title claims abstract description 77
- 102000012199 E3 ubiquitin-protein ligase Mdm2 Human genes 0.000 title claims abstract description 68
- 101150024228 mdm2 gene Proteins 0.000 title claims description 5
- 238000002648 combination therapy Methods 0.000 title description 7
- 108050002772 E3 ubiquitin-protein ligase Mdm2 Proteins 0.000 claims abstract description 67
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 57
- 230000002195 synergetic effect Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 33
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 28
- 230000002062 proliferating effect Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 23
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims description 229
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 126
- 102100025064 Cellular tumor antigen p53 Human genes 0.000 claims description 118
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 108
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 claims description 106
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims description 103
- 101000721661 Homo sapiens Cellular tumor antigen p53 Proteins 0.000 claims description 102
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 93
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 claims description 91
- MYMOFIZGZYHOMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dioxygen Chemical compound O=O MYMOFIZGZYHOMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 89
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 83
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 claims description 81
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 claims description 80
- -1 2-Methyl Chemical group 0.000 claims description 78
- 239000012819 MDM2-Inhibitor Substances 0.000 claims description 78
- 229940083338 MDM2 inhibitor Drugs 0.000 claims description 74
- AAKJLRGGTJKAMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N erlotinib Chemical compound C=12C=C(OCCOC)C(OCCOC)=CC2=NC=NC=1NC1=CC=CC(C#C)=C1 AAKJLRGGTJKAMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 73
- 239000005551 L01XE03 - Erlotinib Substances 0.000 claims description 68
- 125000001309 chloro group Chemical group Cl* 0.000 claims description 57
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 claims description 56
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 54
- 125000002023 trifluoromethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)* 0.000 claims description 49
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 48
- 125000004434 sulfur atom Chemical group 0.000 claims description 48
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 47
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 claims description 47
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 claims description 44
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 claims description 41
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 claims description 41
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 40
- 230000006907 apoptotic process Effects 0.000 claims description 37
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 claims description 37
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 35
- 125000000956 methoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])O* 0.000 claims description 32
- 125000001153 fluoro group Chemical group F* 0.000 claims description 31
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 30
- 230000004663 cell proliferation Effects 0.000 claims description 30
- 150000002431 hydrogen Chemical group 0.000 claims description 30
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical group C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 28
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 claims description 28
- 125000004105 2-pyridyl group Chemical group N1=C([*])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 claims description 26
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 claims description 22
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 claims description 21
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims description 20
- 125000003349 3-pyridyl group Chemical group N1=C([H])C([*])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 claims description 19
- 125000000876 trifluoromethoxy group Chemical group FC(F)(F)O* 0.000 claims description 19
- 125000000339 4-pyridyl group Chemical group N1=C([H])C([H])=C([*])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 claims description 17
- 125000004663 dialkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 17
- 101150080074 TP53 gene Proteins 0.000 claims description 16
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 13
- 239000002136 L01XE07 - Lapatinib Substances 0.000 claims description 12
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 claims description 12
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 claims description 11
- 125000001028 difluoromethyl group Chemical group [H]C(F)(F)* 0.000 claims description 10
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 claims description 10
- YTPLMLYBLZKORZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiophene Chemical group C=1C=CSC=1 YTPLMLYBLZKORZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 9
- 229960001433 erlotinib Drugs 0.000 claims description 9
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 claims description 9
- 239000005411 L01XE02 - Gefitinib Substances 0.000 claims description 8
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 claims description 8
- XGALLCVXEZPNRQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N gefitinib Chemical compound C=12C=C(OCCCN3CCOCC3)C(OC)=CC2=NC=NC=1NC1=CC=C(F)C(Cl)=C1 XGALLCVXEZPNRQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 claims description 8
- 230000035772 mutation Effects 0.000 claims description 8
- CVICEEPAFUYBJG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-chloro-2,2-difluoro-1,3-benzodioxole Chemical group C1=C(Cl)C=C2OC(F)(F)OC2=C1 CVICEEPAFUYBJG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 7
- 230000007547 defect Effects 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000004786 difluoromethoxy group Chemical group [H]C(F)(F)O* 0.000 claims description 7
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 claims description 7
- 230000037430 deletion Effects 0.000 claims description 6
- 238000012217 deletion Methods 0.000 claims description 6
- 230000000415 inactivating effect Effects 0.000 claims description 6
- 229950010203 nimotuzumab Drugs 0.000 claims description 6
- 229960001972 panitumumab Drugs 0.000 claims description 6
- HOSGXJWQVBHGLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-hydroxy-3,4-dihydro-1h-quinolin-2-one Chemical group N1C(=O)CCC2=CC(O)=CC=C21 HOSGXJWQVBHGLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- 229960005395 cetuximab Drugs 0.000 claims description 5
- 229960002584 gefitinib Drugs 0.000 claims description 5
- 229960004891 lapatinib Drugs 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000003652 trifluoroethoxy group Chemical group FC(CO*)(F)F 0.000 claims description 5
- 229940121981 Carboxypeptidase inhibitor Drugs 0.000 claims description 4
- 101710127041 Carboxypeptidase inhibitor Proteins 0.000 claims description 4
- 101710140999 Metallocarboxypeptidase inhibitor Proteins 0.000 claims description 4
- 244000061456 Solanum tuberosum Species 0.000 claims description 4
- 235000002595 Solanum tuberosum Nutrition 0.000 claims description 4
- 229950008001 matuzumab Drugs 0.000 claims description 4
- 238000011144 upstream manufacturing Methods 0.000 claims description 4
- 229950008250 zalutumumab Drugs 0.000 claims description 4
- 206010023330 Keloid scar Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000009608 Papillomavirus Infections Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 201000004681 Psoriasis Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000009621 actinic keratosis Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 210000004204 blood vessel Anatomy 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000003176 fibrotic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000003463 hyperproliferative effect Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- 210000003584 mesangial cell Anatomy 0.000 claims description 3
- 201000003385 seborrheic keratosis Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000009385 viral infection Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- 201000004624 Dermatitis Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 208000010668 atopic eczema Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000004430 oxygen atom Chemical group O* 0.000 claims 17
- BCFGMOOMADDAQU-UHFFFAOYSA-N lapatinib Chemical compound O1C(CNCCS(=O)(=O)C)=CC=C1C1=CC=C(N=CN=C2NC=3C=C(Cl)C(OCC=4C=C(F)C=CC=4)=CC=3)C2=C1 BCFGMOOMADDAQU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 2
- 125000001301 ethoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])O* 0.000 claims 1
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 abstract description 65
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 abstract description 55
- 230000001028 anti-proliverative effect Effects 0.000 abstract description 19
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 abstract description 14
- 230000002424 anti-apoptotic effect Effects 0.000 abstract 1
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 72
- 229940120982 tarceva Drugs 0.000 description 59
- 102000001301 EGF receptor Human genes 0.000 description 42
- 108060006698 EGF receptor Proteins 0.000 description 42
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 36
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 29
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 26
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 description 25
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 24
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 23
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 21
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 19
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 18
- 238000013467 fragmentation Methods 0.000 description 15
- 238000006062 fragmentation reaction Methods 0.000 description 15
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 14
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 13
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 12
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 11
- XNRVGTHNYCNCFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lapatinib ditosylate monohydrate Chemical compound O.CC1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C1.O1C(CNCCS(=O)(=O)C)=CC=C1C1=CC=C(N=CN=C2NC=3C=C(Cl)C(OCC=4C=C(F)C=CC=4)=CC=3)C2=C1 XNRVGTHNYCNCFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 10
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 10
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 10
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 10
- ICSNLGPSRYBMBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-aminopyridine Chemical group NC1=CC=CC=N1 ICSNLGPSRYBMBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 150000003927 aminopyridines Chemical class 0.000 description 9
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 9
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 9
- 229940082789 erbitux Drugs 0.000 description 9
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 9
- NAWXUBYGYWOOIX-SFHVURJKSA-N (2s)-2-[[4-[2-(2,4-diaminoquinazolin-6-yl)ethyl]benzoyl]amino]-4-methylidenepentanedioic acid Chemical compound C1=CC2=NC(N)=NC(N)=C2C=C1CCC1=CC=C(C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(=C)C(O)=O)C(O)=O)C=C1 NAWXUBYGYWOOIX-SFHVURJKSA-N 0.000 description 8
- PAYRUJLWNCNPSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Aniline Chemical compound NC1=CC=CC=C1 PAYRUJLWNCNPSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 8
- 230000035755 proliferation Effects 0.000 description 8
- 102000011727 Caspases Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 108010076667 Caspases Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000001516 cell proliferation assay Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000002018 overexpression Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000035699 permeability Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000012216 screening Methods 0.000 description 7
- 229940094060 tykerb Drugs 0.000 description 7
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 6
- 229940043355 kinase inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 208000002154 non-small cell lung carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 239000003757 phosphotransferase inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 6
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 6
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 208000029729 tumor suppressor gene on chromosome 11 Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 102000047934 Caspase-3/7 Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 108700037887 Caspase-3/7 Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 108010026552 Proteome Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000003110 anti-inflammatory effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000001640 apoptogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000003115 biocidal effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 5
- UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Natural products COC1=CC=CN=C1 UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000007761 synergistic anti-cancer Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 5
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 102000009024 Epidermal Growth Factor Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 101710098940 Pro-epidermal growth factor Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 239000000370 acceptor Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000003708 ampul Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000003782 apoptosis assay Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000002591 computed tomography Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000013270 controlled release Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 description 4
- HKSZLNNOFSGOKW-UHFFFAOYSA-N ent-staurosporine Natural products C12=C3N4C5=CC=CC=C5C3=C3CNC(=O)C3=C2C2=CC=CC=C2N1C1CC(NC)C(OC)C4(C)O1 HKSZLNNOFSGOKW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazole Substances C1=CNC=N1 RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 125000002950 monocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 230000003389 potentiating effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- HKSZLNNOFSGOKW-FYTWVXJKSA-N staurosporine Chemical compound C12=C3N4C5=CC=CC=C5C3=C3CNC(=O)C3=C2C2=CC=CC=C2N1[C@H]1C[C@@H](NC)[C@@H](OC)[C@]4(C)O1 HKSZLNNOFSGOKW-FYTWVXJKSA-N 0.000 description 4
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 125000004201 2,4-dichlorophenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(*)=C(Cl)C([H])=C1Cl 0.000 description 3
- 241000283707 Capra Species 0.000 description 3
- 206010009944 Colon cancer Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 208000001333 Colorectal Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 3
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Formaldehyde Chemical compound O=C WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 206010058467 Lung neoplasm malignant Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 206010061902 Pancreatic neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 229920001213 Polysorbate 20 Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000012980 RPMI-1640 medium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 108700008625 Reporter Genes Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 208000005718 Stomach Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 108010090804 Streptavidin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 238000002835 absorbance Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000030833 cell death Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 206010017758 gastric cancer Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000003384 imaging method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000002452 interceptive effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000007912 intraperitoneal administration Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229940084651 iressa Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 238000004020 luminiscence type Methods 0.000 description 3
- 201000005202 lung cancer Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 208000020816 lung neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 239000012139 lysis buffer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 3
- PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N nickel Substances [Ni] PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000000256 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000010486 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 229940002612 prodrug Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000000651 prodrug Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000002685 pulmonary effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 201000011549 stomach cancer Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000006228 supernatant Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000001890 transfection Methods 0.000 description 3
- KDCGOANMDULRCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7H-purine Chemical compound N1=CNC2=NC=NC2=C1 KDCGOANMDULRCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010005003 Bladder cancer Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010006187 Breast cancer Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000026310 Breast neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 2
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical group [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000002965 ELISA Methods 0.000 description 2
- 102100037642 Elongation factor G, mitochondrial Human genes 0.000 description 2
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Furan Chemical compound C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102100031000 Hepatoma-derived growth factor Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 101001083798 Homo sapiens Hepatoma-derived growth factor Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101000911513 Homo sapiens Uncharacterized protein FAM215A Proteins 0.000 description 2
- SIKJAQJRHWYJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Indole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC=CC2=C1 SIKJAQJRHWYJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102100024193 Mitogen-activated protein kinase 1 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 206010033128 Ovarian cancer Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010061535 Ovarian neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 2
- KYQCOXFCLRTKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrazine Chemical compound C1=CN=CC=N1 KYQCOXFCLRTKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrrole Chemical compound C=1C=CNC=1 KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SMWDFEZZVXVKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Quinoline Chemical compound N1=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 SMWDFEZZVXVKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000242739 Renilla Species 0.000 description 2
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- FZWLAAWBMGSTSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiazole Chemical group C1=CSC=N1 FZWLAAWBMGSTSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trifluoroacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(F)(F)F DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108090000848 Ubiquitin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000044159 Ubiquitin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102100026728 Uncharacterized protein FAM215A Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 208000007097 Urinary Bladder Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 2
- HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc Chemical compound [Zn] HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000003016 alphascreen Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010171 animal model Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000001093 anti-cancer Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000012131 assay buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000003305 autocrine Effects 0.000 description 2
- OHDRQQURAXLVGJ-HLVWOLMTSA-N azane;(2e)-3-ethyl-2-[(e)-(3-ethyl-6-sulfo-1,3-benzothiazol-2-ylidene)hydrazinylidene]-1,3-benzothiazole-6-sulfonic acid Chemical compound [NH4+].[NH4+].S/1C2=CC(S([O-])(=O)=O)=CC=C2N(CC)C\1=N/N=C1/SC2=CC(S([O-])(=O)=O)=CC=C2N1CC OHDRQQURAXLVGJ-HLVWOLMTSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 2
- IOJUPLGTWVMSFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzothiazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2SC=NC2=C1 IOJUPLGTWVMSFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000010256 biochemical assay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000000481 breast Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 2
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012512 characterization method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000001072 colon Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000011244 combinatorial administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000009089 cytolysis Effects 0.000 description 2
- 231100000135 cytotoxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000003013 cytotoxicity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000034994 death Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003405 delayed action preparation Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000006471 dimerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000009510 drug design Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940124642 endogenous agent Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000000284 extract Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000011888 foil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000002485 formyl group Chemical class [H]C(*)=O 0.000 description 2
- 230000002496 gastric effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 2
- RWSXRVCMGQZWBV-WDSKDSINSA-N glutathione Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)NCC(O)=O RWSXRVCMGQZWBV-WDSKDSINSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000004677 hydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000000017 hydrogel Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000007943 implant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000006698 induction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 2
- NOESYZHRGYRDHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N insulin Chemical compound N1C(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)CN)C(C)CC)CSSCC(C(NC(CO)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CCC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CSSCC(NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(C)NC(=O)C(CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC=2NC=NC=2)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)CNC2=O)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC=CC=3)C(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC=CC=3)C(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC(O)=CC=3)C(=O)NC(C(C)O)C(=O)N3C(CCC3)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)NC(C)C(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(N)=O)C(O)=O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)CC)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)C(C(C)O)NC(=O)C1CSSCC2NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(N)CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(C)C)CC1=CN=CN1 NOESYZHRGYRDHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AWJUIBRHMBBTKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoquinoline Chemical compound C1=NC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 AWJUIBRHMBBTKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000001853 liver microsome Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000004072 lung Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000001165 lymph node Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000002595 magnetic resonance imaging Methods 0.000 description 2
- 208000015486 malignant pancreatic neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000004005 microsphere Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000007522 mineralic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000010369 molecular cloning Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000015097 nutrients Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000004806 packaging method and process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000000496 pancreas Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 208000008443 pancreatic carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000000737 periodic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 230000000861 pro-apoptotic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000002307 prostate Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- MCJGNVYPOGVAJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N quinolin-8-ol Chemical compound C1=CN=C2C(O)=CC=CC2=C1 MCJGNVYPOGVAJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000006413 ring segment Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004017 serum-free culture medium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000003384 small molecules Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 2
- DAEPDZWVDSPTHF-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium pyruvate Chemical compound [Na+].CC(=O)C([O-])=O DAEPDZWVDSPTHF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 239000012453 solvate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000008223 sterile water Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000011885 synergistic combination Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000009885 systemic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 231100000419 toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000001988 toxicity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 201000005112 urinary bladder cancer Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 210000005166 vasculature Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000011701 zinc Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000004178 (C1-C4) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004169 (C1-C6) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000006376 (C3-C10) cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005913 (C3-C6) cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000006552 (C3-C8) cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- FCEHBMOGCRZNNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-benzothiophene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2SC=CC2=C1 FCEHBMOGCRZNNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QWENRTYMTSOGBR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-1,2,3-Triazole Chemical compound C=1C=NNN=1 QWENRTYMTSOGBR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HYZJCKYKOHLVJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-benzimidazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC=NC2=C1 HYZJCKYKOHLVJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BAXOFTOLAUCFNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-indazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C=NNC2=C1 BAXOFTOLAUCFNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SVUOLADPCWQTTE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1h-1,2-benzodiazepine Chemical compound N1N=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C12 SVUOLADPCWQTTE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004189 3,4-dichlorophenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(Cl)=C(Cl)C([H])=C1* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004180 3-fluorophenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(*)=C([H])C(F)=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- BDUHCSBCVGXTJM-WUFINQPMSA-N 4-[[(4S,5R)-4,5-bis(4-chlorophenyl)-2-(4-methoxy-2-propan-2-yloxyphenyl)-4,5-dihydroimidazol-1-yl]-oxomethyl]-2-piperazinone Chemical compound CC(C)OC1=CC(OC)=CC=C1C1=N[C@@H](C=2C=CC(Cl)=CC=2)[C@@H](C=2C=CC(Cl)=CC=2)N1C(=O)N1CC(=O)NCC1 BDUHCSBCVGXTJM-WUFINQPMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004199 4-trifluoromethylphenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(=C([H])C([H])=C1*)C(F)(F)F 0.000 description 1
- NSPMIYGKQJPBQR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4H-1,2,4-triazole Chemical compound C=1N=CNN=1 NSPMIYGKQJPBQR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100029405 60S ribosome subunit biogenesis protein NIP7 homolog Human genes 0.000 description 1
- ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7553-56-2 Chemical compound [I] ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 8-[3-(1-cyclopropylpyrazol-4-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl]-3-methyl-3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-2-one Chemical class C1(CC1)N1N=CC(=C1)C1=NNC2=C1N=C(N=C2)N1C2C(N(CC1CC2)C)=O HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O Ammonium Chemical compound [NH4+] QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- 108091023037 Aptamer Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000283690 Bos taurus Species 0.000 description 1
- WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bromine atom Chemical compound [Br] WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- COVZYZSDYWQREU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Busulfan Chemical compound CS(=O)(=O)OCCCCOS(C)(=O)=O COVZYZSDYWQREU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000282472 Canis lupus familiaris Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000004215 Carbon black (E152) Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000053642 Catalytic RNA Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000994 Catalytic RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000700198 Cavia Species 0.000 description 1
- 101710150820 Cellular tumor antigen p53 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920002157 Cellulin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 241000282693 Cercopithecidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010008342 Cervix carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine atom Chemical compound [Cl] ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000017667 Chronic Disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000004544 DNA amplification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000018 DNA microarray Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012129 DRAQ7 reagent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006144 Dulbecco’s modified Eagle's medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000008157 ELISA kit Methods 0.000 description 1
- 101150029707 ERBB2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000283086 Equidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000283074 Equus asinus Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000000461 Esophageal Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000282326 Felis catus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108090000331 Firefly luciferases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine Chemical compound FF PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000287828 Gallus gallus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010024636 Glutathione Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001125072 Homo sapiens 60S ribosome subunit biogenesis protein NIP7 homolog Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001012157 Homo sapiens Receptor tyrosine-protein kinase erbB-2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000835745 Homo sapiens Teratocarcinoma-derived growth factor 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 102100023915 Insulin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090001061 Insulin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930182816 L-glutamine Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 241000254158 Lampyridae Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000003960 Ligases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000364 Ligases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010025323 Lymphomas Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000000020 Nitrocellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010030155 Oesophageal carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 240000007817 Olea europaea Species 0.000 description 1
- 108700020796 Oncogene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- ZCQWOFVYLHDMMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oxazole Chemical compound C1=COC=N1 ZCQWOFVYLHDMMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108091008606 PDGF receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241001494479 Pecora Species 0.000 description 1
- PCNDJXKNXGMECE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenazine Natural products C1=CC=CC2=NC3=CC=CC=C3N=C21 PCNDJXKNXGMECE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002732 Polyanhydride Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000954 Polyglycolide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001710 Polyorthoester Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004793 Polystyrene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010060862 Prostate cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000000236 Prostatic Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940124158 Protease/peptidase inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 102000004245 Proteasome Endopeptidase Complex Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000708 Proteasome Endopeptidase Complex Proteins 0.000 description 1
- WTKZEGDFNFYCGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrazole Chemical compound C=1C=NNC=1 WTKZEGDFNFYCGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrimidine Chemical compound C1=CN=CN=C1 CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000219492 Quercus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000700159 Rattus Species 0.000 description 1
- 102100030086 Receptor tyrosine-protein kinase erbB-2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000007056 Recombinant Fusion Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010008281 Recombinant Fusion Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010052090 Renilla Luciferases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000000453 Skin Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108020004459 Small interfering RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000282887 Suidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 102100026404 Teratocarcinoma-derived growth factor 1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000024313 Testicular Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010057644 Testis cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102400001320 Transforming growth factor alpha Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101800004564 Transforming growth factor alpha Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000013504 Triton X-100 Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920004890 Triton X-100 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 208000006105 Uterine Cervical Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000002495 Uterine Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000001594 aberrant effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001154 acute effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006978 adaptation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000996 additive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000853 adhesive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001070 adhesive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000956 alloy Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910045601 alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- VREFGVBLTWBCJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N alprazolam Chemical compound C12=CC(Cl)=CC=C2N2C(C)=NN=C2CN=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 VREFGVBLTWBCJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003042 antagnostic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000692 anti-sense effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002246 antineoplastic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- RFRXIWQYSOIBDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzarone Chemical compound CCC=1OC2=CC=CC=C2C=1C(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 RFRXIWQYSOIBDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940049706 benzodiazepine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic acid group Chemical group C(C1=CC=CC=C1)(=O)O WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002619 bicyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000012620 biological material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000090 biomarker Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001574 biopsy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000601 blood cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000036765 blood level Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000037396 body weight Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000988 bone and bone Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000004556 brain Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromine Substances BrBr GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004106 butoxy group Chemical group [*]OC([H])([H])C([H])([H])C(C([H])([H])[H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000484 butyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 230000005907 cancer growth Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000001721 carbon Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004113 cell culture Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000022131 cell cycle Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010261 cell growth Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006037 cell lysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003833 cell viability Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004640 cellular pathway Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005754 cellular signaling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000919 ceramic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 201000010881 cervical cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 150000005829 chemical entities Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003636 chemical group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000002512 chemotherapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000013330 chicken meat Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940125904 compound 1 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000013256 coordination polymer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001577 copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000002596 correlated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000875 corresponding effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002425 crystallisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008025 crystallization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004748 cultured cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- WZHCOOQXZCIUNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclandelate Chemical compound C1C(C)(C)CC(C)CC1OC(=O)C(O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WZHCOOQXZCIUNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010011222 cyclo(Arg-Pro) Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 125000001995 cyclobutyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000582 cycloheptyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- HCAJEUSONLESMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexylsulfamic acid Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)NC1CCCCC1 HCAJEUSONLESMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000640 cyclooctyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001511 cyclopentyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001559 cyclopropyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 230000001085 cytostatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000433 cytotoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000001472 cytotoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006731 degradation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008021 deposition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003745 diagnosis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000005911 diet Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000037213 diet Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000386 donor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000673 dose–response relationship Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 229940000406 drug candidate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000012377 drug delivery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920001971 elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000002081 enamines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000002708 enhancing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000004101 esophageal cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000029142 excretion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000037406 food intake Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960003180 glutathione Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000001188 haloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 210000003128 head Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000014829 head and neck neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003494 hepatocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000003187 heptyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004051 hexyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003707 hexyloxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 1
- 230000002962 histologic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000000852 hydrogen donor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002962 imidazol-1-yl group Chemical group [*]N1C([H])=NC([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 230000005847 immunogenicity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002991 immunohistochemical analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002513 implantation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000126 in silico method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000099 in vitro assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003121 in-cell western assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002779 inactivation Effects 0.000 description 1
- PZOUSPYUWWUPPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N indole Natural products CC1=CC=CC2=C1C=CN2 PZOUSPYUWWUPPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RKJUIXBNRJVNHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N indolenine Natural products C1=CC=C2CC=NC2=C1 RKJUIXBNRJVNHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000411 inducer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000006882 induction of apoptosis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003331 infrared imaging Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001802 infusion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940125396 insulin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000003834 intracellular effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011835 investigation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011630 iodine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000007794 irritation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000000959 isobutyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- ZLTPDFXIESTBQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N isothiazole Chemical compound C=1C=NSC=1 ZLTPDFXIESTBQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CTAPFRYPJLPFDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoxazole Chemical compound C=1C=NOC=1 CTAPFRYPJLPFDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000003734 kidney Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 231100000518 lethal Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000001665 lethal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000032839 leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000007774 longterm Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000036210 malignancy Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010534 mechanism of action Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004060 metabolic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910021645 metal ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000002739 metals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000000693 micelle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000813 microbial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011859 microparticle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000006606 n-butoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004108 n-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003136 n-heptyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001298 n-hexoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001280 n-hexyl group Chemical group C(CCCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003935 n-pentoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000740 n-pentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003506 n-propoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004123 n-propyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 239000002077 nanosphere Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001624 naphthyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 210000003739 neck Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000013642 negative control Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009826 neoplastic cell growth Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052759 nickel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229920001220 nitrocellulos Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002347 octyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 238000005457 optimization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002894 organic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229920000620 organic polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003204 osmotic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002611 ovarian Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001672 ovary Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000003854 p-chlorophenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(*)=C([H])C([H])=C1Cl 0.000 description 1
- 108700025694 p53 Genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 201000002528 pancreatic cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000004115 pentoxy group Chemical group [*]OC([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C(C([H])([H])[H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001147 pentyl group Chemical group C(CCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000000137 peptide hydrolase inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012466 permeate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004962 physiological condition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920000747 poly(lactic acid) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004417 polycarbonate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000515 polycarbonate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004633 polyglycolic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004626 polylactic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002223 polystyrene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000010837 poor prognosis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000013641 positive control Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000029279 positive regulation of transcription, DNA-dependent Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910001414 potassium ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 125000001436 propyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 230000009822 protein phosphorylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- PBMFSQRYOILNGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridazine Chemical compound C1=CC=NN=C1 PBMFSQRYOILNGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000004445 quantitative analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- JWVCLYRUEFBMGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N quinazoline Chemical compound N1=CN=CC2=CC=CC=C21 JWVCLYRUEFBMGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000007420 reactivation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010076 replication Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003571 reporter gene assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108091092562 ribozyme Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000005060 rubber Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004576 sand Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052594 sapphire Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010980 sapphire Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002914 sec-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 208000011581 secondary neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000011664 signaling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000000849 skin cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940126586 small molecule drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940054269 sodium pyruvate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002269 spontaneous effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000087 stabilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000638 stimulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002784 stomach Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010414 supernatant solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000013268 sustained release Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012730 sustained-release form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000008685 targeting Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 201000003120 testicular cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 150000003536 tetrazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 231100001274 therapeutic index Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 238000011285 therapeutic regimen Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229930192474 thiophene Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 239000003104 tissue culture media Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004448 titration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 231100000331 toxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000002588 toxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011277 treatment modality Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000004881 tumor cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000002604 ultrasonography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229930195735 unsaturated hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 210000003932 urinary bladder Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 206010046766 uterine cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000002792 vascular Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013598 vector Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011534 wash buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003442 weekly effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052725 zinc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
- A61K31/495—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
- A61K31/505—Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim
- A61K31/517—Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim ortho- or peri-condensed with carbocyclic ring systems, e.g. quinazoline, perimidine
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
- A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
- A61K31/47—Quinolines; Isoquinolines
- A61K31/4709—Non-condensed quinolines and containing further heterocyclic rings
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
- A61K31/535—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with at least one nitrogen and one oxygen as the ring hetero atoms, e.g. 1,2-oxazines
- A61K31/5375—1,4-Oxazines, e.g. morpholine
- A61K31/5377—1,4-Oxazines, e.g. morpholine not condensed and containing further heterocyclic rings, e.g. timolol
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K45/00—Medicinal preparations containing active ingredients not provided for in groups A61K31/00 - A61K41/00
- A61K45/06—Mixtures of active ingredients without chemical characterisation, e.g. antiphlogistics and cardiaca
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
Abstract
Provided is a method of treating a proliferative disease, condition, or disorder in a subject by administering a combination of an inhibitor of p53 and MDM2 binding and an EGFR inhibitor. Various embodiments of the disclosed methods provide a synergistic anti-proliferative or anti-apoptotic effect compared to administration of one agent alone.
Description
=
TITLE OF INVENTION
CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
100013 The present application claims the benefit of U.S.
Nonprovisional Application Serial No. 12/986,146 filed 06 January 2011, International Application No.
PCT/US11/20414 filed 06 January 2011, International Application No.
PCT/US11/20418 filed 06 January 2011, and U.S. provisional Application Serial No. 61/366,480 filed 21 July 201C.
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
TITLE OF INVENTION
CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
100013 The present application claims the benefit of U.S.
Nonprovisional Application Serial No. 12/986,146 filed 06 January 2011, International Application No.
PCT/US11/20414 filed 06 January 2011, International Application No.
PCT/US11/20418 filed 06 January 2011, and U.S. provisional Application Serial No. 61/366,480 filed 21 July 201C.
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
[0002]. The present invention generally relates to development of new chemical entities for use in the treatment of disease, and more particularly to methods of identifying lead molecules for use in quasi-rational drug design.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION =
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION =
[0003] Tumor protein 53 (P53) is a tumor suppressing protein that regulates the cell cycle, suppresses tumors, and thereby prevents cancer. Murine double minute 2 (MDM2) is an important negative regulator of p53 and inhibitor of p53 transcriptional activation (see Vassilev 2006 Trends in Molecular Medicine 13(1)23-31). MDM2 binds and inactivates p53 by directly blocking the p53 transactication domain and by serving as an E3 ubiquitin =
ligase for p53, thereby targeting p53 protein for ubiquitin-dependent degradation in the proteasome. About 11 million cancer patients have an inactivating mutation in the p53 =
protein.
= [0004] EGFR is involved in the same cellular signaling pathway as MDM2. EGFR is a known cancer-associated molecule and. EGFR inhibitors, such as Tarceva, provide targeted cancer treatment. Significant numbers of cancer patients become resistant to treatment with approved EGFR inhibitors, such as Tarceva. There is currently no approach to overcome Such resistance.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
[0005] Disclosed herein are small molecule MDM2 inhibitor compounds useful for =
cancer treatment alone or in synergistic combination with an inhibitor of Epidermal Growth Factor Receptor (EGFR).
=
[0006] An MDM2 inhibitor used in combination with an EGFR inhibitor, such as TM
Tarceva, can provide treatment for patients with developed resistance.
Combinatorial treatment with an MDM2 inhibitor and an EGFR inhibitor, such as Tarceva, can have synergistic anti-cancer effects and can overcome developed resistance.
[00071 One aspect provides a method of treating a proliferative disease, disorder, or condition. The method of combinatorial treatment can include administering to an MDM2 inhibitor and an EGFR inhibitor to a subject. The subject can be in need of such treatment. The amount of the MDM2 inhibitor and the EGFR inhibitor can be an amount sufficient to produce a therapeutic effect.
[0008] In some embodiments, the proliferative disease, disorder, or condition includes cancer. In some embodiments, administering the MDM2 inhibitor and the EGFR
inhibitor results in a synergistic reduction in cell proliferation in a tumor of the subject or a synergistic increase in apoptosis in a tumor of the subject as compared to administration of either the MDM2 inhibitor or the EGFR inhibitor alone.
[0009] In some embodiments, a pharmaceutical composition comprising an inhibitor, an EGFR inhibitor, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient is administered to the subject. In some embodiments, a first pharmaceutical composition comprising an MDM2 inhibitor and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient and a second pharmaceutical composition comprising an EGFR inhibitor and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient is administered to the subject.
[ono] In some embodiments, the subject has one or more of (i) an inactivating P53 mutation or deletion in the subject; (ii) a defect in an upstream component of a p53 pathway; (iii) a defect in a downstream component of the p53 pathway; (iv) increased expression an MDM2 gene as compared to a control; (v) increased levels of MDM2 protein as compared to a control; or (vi) resistance to treatment with an EGFR
inhibitor alone. In some embodiments, the method includes selecting or modifying a treatment on the basis of detecting in a subject one or more of (i) an inactivating P53 mutation or deletion in the subject; (ii) a defect in an upstream component of a p53 pathway; (iii) a defect in a downstream component of the p53 pathway; (iv) increased expression an MDM2 gene as compared to a control; (v) increased levels of MDM2 protein as compared to a control; or (vi) resistance to treatment with an EGFR inhibitor alone.
=
=
[0011] In some embodiments, the EGFR inhibitor is selected from the group consisting of cetuximab, panitumumab, nimotuzumab, zalutumumab, matuzumab, potato carboxypeptidase inhibitor, gefitinib, lapatinib, and erlotinib, or a combination thereof. In some embodiments, the EGFR inhibitor is erlotinib (tradename Tarceva).
[0012] In some embodiments, the MDM2 inhibitor (i) inhibits MDM2 activity;
(ii) increases phosphorylated p53; (iii) re-activates p53; (iv) inhibits binding of p53 and MDM2; or a combination thereof. In some embodiments, the MDM2 inhibitor inhibits binding of p53 and MDM2.
[0013] In some embodiments, the MDM2 inhibitor comprises a compound of Formula (2) as defined herein. In some embodiments, the MDM2 inhibitor comprises a compound of Formula (10) as defined herein. In some embodiments, the MDM2 inhibitor comprises a compound of Formula (11) as defined herein.
[0014] Another aspect provides a pharmaceutical composition including an MDM2 inhibitor; an EGFR inhibitor, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient.
[0014a] The present disclosure as claimed relates to:
- a composition comprising:
(a) an MDM2 inhibitor; and (b) an EGFR inhibitor, wherein the MDM2 inhibitor is a compound having a formula of 3a X
OH HN,,, R1 Formula (2) or a stereoisomer or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof;
X is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, 2-Methyl, 5-Chloro, 5-Nitro, and 6-Hydroxyl;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of (i) a 2-Pyridyl ring of Formula (3) R23 ' µ24 R3 Formula (3) wherein R23 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; fluoro; chloro;
trifluoromethyl; methyl; ethyl; and methoxy;
R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; fluoro; chloro;
methyl; ethyl; methoxy; a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation; a C-1 to 0-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; aryl comprising a phenyl or heteroaryl five or six 3b membered ring containing from 1 to 4 N, 0, or S atoms; and alkoxy-0R1 where is a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation or a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom;
R24 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; fluoro; chloro;
and trifluoromethyl; and R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; methyl; a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation; a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; aryl comprising a phenyl or heteroaryl five or six membered ring containing from 1 to 4 N, 0, or S atoms; and alkoxy ¨0R1 where R1 is a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-
ligase for p53, thereby targeting p53 protein for ubiquitin-dependent degradation in the proteasome. About 11 million cancer patients have an inactivating mutation in the p53 =
protein.
= [0004] EGFR is involved in the same cellular signaling pathway as MDM2. EGFR is a known cancer-associated molecule and. EGFR inhibitors, such as Tarceva, provide targeted cancer treatment. Significant numbers of cancer patients become resistant to treatment with approved EGFR inhibitors, such as Tarceva. There is currently no approach to overcome Such resistance.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
[0005] Disclosed herein are small molecule MDM2 inhibitor compounds useful for =
cancer treatment alone or in synergistic combination with an inhibitor of Epidermal Growth Factor Receptor (EGFR).
=
[0006] An MDM2 inhibitor used in combination with an EGFR inhibitor, such as TM
Tarceva, can provide treatment for patients with developed resistance.
Combinatorial treatment with an MDM2 inhibitor and an EGFR inhibitor, such as Tarceva, can have synergistic anti-cancer effects and can overcome developed resistance.
[00071 One aspect provides a method of treating a proliferative disease, disorder, or condition. The method of combinatorial treatment can include administering to an MDM2 inhibitor and an EGFR inhibitor to a subject. The subject can be in need of such treatment. The amount of the MDM2 inhibitor and the EGFR inhibitor can be an amount sufficient to produce a therapeutic effect.
[0008] In some embodiments, the proliferative disease, disorder, or condition includes cancer. In some embodiments, administering the MDM2 inhibitor and the EGFR
inhibitor results in a synergistic reduction in cell proliferation in a tumor of the subject or a synergistic increase in apoptosis in a tumor of the subject as compared to administration of either the MDM2 inhibitor or the EGFR inhibitor alone.
[0009] In some embodiments, a pharmaceutical composition comprising an inhibitor, an EGFR inhibitor, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient is administered to the subject. In some embodiments, a first pharmaceutical composition comprising an MDM2 inhibitor and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient and a second pharmaceutical composition comprising an EGFR inhibitor and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient is administered to the subject.
[ono] In some embodiments, the subject has one or more of (i) an inactivating P53 mutation or deletion in the subject; (ii) a defect in an upstream component of a p53 pathway; (iii) a defect in a downstream component of the p53 pathway; (iv) increased expression an MDM2 gene as compared to a control; (v) increased levels of MDM2 protein as compared to a control; or (vi) resistance to treatment with an EGFR
inhibitor alone. In some embodiments, the method includes selecting or modifying a treatment on the basis of detecting in a subject one or more of (i) an inactivating P53 mutation or deletion in the subject; (ii) a defect in an upstream component of a p53 pathway; (iii) a defect in a downstream component of the p53 pathway; (iv) increased expression an MDM2 gene as compared to a control; (v) increased levels of MDM2 protein as compared to a control; or (vi) resistance to treatment with an EGFR inhibitor alone.
=
=
[0011] In some embodiments, the EGFR inhibitor is selected from the group consisting of cetuximab, panitumumab, nimotuzumab, zalutumumab, matuzumab, potato carboxypeptidase inhibitor, gefitinib, lapatinib, and erlotinib, or a combination thereof. In some embodiments, the EGFR inhibitor is erlotinib (tradename Tarceva).
[0012] In some embodiments, the MDM2 inhibitor (i) inhibits MDM2 activity;
(ii) increases phosphorylated p53; (iii) re-activates p53; (iv) inhibits binding of p53 and MDM2; or a combination thereof. In some embodiments, the MDM2 inhibitor inhibits binding of p53 and MDM2.
[0013] In some embodiments, the MDM2 inhibitor comprises a compound of Formula (2) as defined herein. In some embodiments, the MDM2 inhibitor comprises a compound of Formula (10) as defined herein. In some embodiments, the MDM2 inhibitor comprises a compound of Formula (11) as defined herein.
[0014] Another aspect provides a pharmaceutical composition including an MDM2 inhibitor; an EGFR inhibitor, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient.
[0014a] The present disclosure as claimed relates to:
- a composition comprising:
(a) an MDM2 inhibitor; and (b) an EGFR inhibitor, wherein the MDM2 inhibitor is a compound having a formula of 3a X
OH HN,,, R1 Formula (2) or a stereoisomer or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof;
X is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, 2-Methyl, 5-Chloro, 5-Nitro, and 6-Hydroxyl;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of (i) a 2-Pyridyl ring of Formula (3) R23 ' µ24 R3 Formula (3) wherein R23 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; fluoro; chloro;
trifluoromethyl; methyl; ethyl; and methoxy;
R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; fluoro; chloro;
methyl; ethyl; methoxy; a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation; a C-1 to 0-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; aryl comprising a phenyl or heteroaryl five or six 3b membered ring containing from 1 to 4 N, 0, or S atoms; and alkoxy-0R1 where is a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation or a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom;
R24 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; fluoro; chloro;
and trifluoromethyl; and R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; methyl; a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation; a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; aryl comprising a phenyl or heteroaryl five or six membered ring containing from 1 to 4 N, 0, or S atoms; and alkoxy ¨0R1 where R1 is a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-
4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation or a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom;
(ii) a 3-Pyridyl ring of Formula (4) R7 Formula(4) wherein R6, R6, and R7 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; trifluoromethyl; a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation, optionally containing one or more halogens; a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; Aryl comprising a phenyl or heteroaryl containing from 1 to 4 N, 0, or S
atoms;
and Alkoxy ¨0R1 where R1 is a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation, optionally containing one or more halogens; or a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; and (iii) a 4-Pyridyl ring of Formula (5) N
R8 Formula (5)
(ii) a 3-Pyridyl ring of Formula (4) R7 Formula(4) wherein R6, R6, and R7 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; trifluoromethyl; a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation, optionally containing one or more halogens; a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; Aryl comprising a phenyl or heteroaryl containing from 1 to 4 N, 0, or S
atoms;
and Alkoxy ¨0R1 where R1 is a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation, optionally containing one or more halogens; or a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; and (iii) a 4-Pyridyl ring of Formula (5) N
R8 Formula (5)
5 wherein R8 and R9 are independently selected from the group consisting of a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation; a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; aryl comprising a phenyl or heteroaryl containing from 1 to 4 N, 0, 10 or S atoms; and alkoxy -0R1 where R1 is a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation or a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom;
(iv) a phenyl ring substituted with one or more groups selected from a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation; a 15 C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; aryl comprising a phenyl or heteroaryl containing from 1 to 4 N, 0, or S
atoms;
alkoxy -0R1 where R1 is a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation or a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; trifluoromethyl;
trifluoromethoxy;
20 difluoromethoxy; 3,4-methylenedioxy; 2,3-methylenedioxy; nitro; and halogen; and 3d (v) an unsubstituted heteroaryl five or six membered ring containing from 1 to 4 N, 0, or S atoms;
(vi) a substituted heteroaryl five or six membered ring containing from 1 to 4 N, 0, or S atoms substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation; C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; aryl comprising a phenyl or heteroaryl five or six membered ring containing from 1 to 4 N, 0, or S atoms; and alkoxy -0R1 where R1 is a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation or a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom;
and R2 is selected from the group consisting of (i) an unsubstituted phenyl ring or a phenyl ring substituted at the 2-, 3-, 4-, 5- or 6-position with one or more groups independently selected from the group consisting of straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation; C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; aryl comprising a phenyl or heteroaryl five or six membered ring containing from 1 to 4 N, 0, or S atoms; hydroxy; alkoxy ¨0R10 where R1 is a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation or a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; 2,3-methylenedioxy; 3,4-methylenedioxy; trifluoroethoxy; dialkylamino having formula -NR13R14 wherein R13 and R14 are independently selected from hydrogen;
straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation;
trifluoromethyl; trifluoromethoxy; difluoromethoxy; 3,4-methylenedioxy; 2,3-methylenedioxy; nitro; and halogen;
(ii) a 2-thiophene ring of Formula (8) wherein R15, R16, and R17 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; straight chain or 3e branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation; C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom;
alkoxy ¨0R19 where R19 is a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation or a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; dialkylamino; trifluoromethyl; difluoromethyl;
trifluoromethoxy; and halogen S
R17 Formula (8);
(iii) a 3-thiophene ring of Formula (9) wherein R18, R19, and R29 are independently selected from the group consisting of straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation; C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; alkoxy ¨0R1 where R19 is a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation or a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen =
atom; dialkylamino; trifluoromethyl; difluoromethyl; trifluoromethoxy; and halogen R18 Formula (9);
=
3f (iv) an unsubstituted 2-Pyridyl ring or a 2-Pyridyl ring substituted at 4- or
(iv) a phenyl ring substituted with one or more groups selected from a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation; a 15 C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; aryl comprising a phenyl or heteroaryl containing from 1 to 4 N, 0, or S
atoms;
alkoxy -0R1 where R1 is a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation or a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; trifluoromethyl;
trifluoromethoxy;
20 difluoromethoxy; 3,4-methylenedioxy; 2,3-methylenedioxy; nitro; and halogen; and 3d (v) an unsubstituted heteroaryl five or six membered ring containing from 1 to 4 N, 0, or S atoms;
(vi) a substituted heteroaryl five or six membered ring containing from 1 to 4 N, 0, or S atoms substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation; C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; aryl comprising a phenyl or heteroaryl five or six membered ring containing from 1 to 4 N, 0, or S atoms; and alkoxy -0R1 where R1 is a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation or a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom;
and R2 is selected from the group consisting of (i) an unsubstituted phenyl ring or a phenyl ring substituted at the 2-, 3-, 4-, 5- or 6-position with one or more groups independently selected from the group consisting of straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation; C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; aryl comprising a phenyl or heteroaryl five or six membered ring containing from 1 to 4 N, 0, or S atoms; hydroxy; alkoxy ¨0R10 where R1 is a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation or a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; 2,3-methylenedioxy; 3,4-methylenedioxy; trifluoroethoxy; dialkylamino having formula -NR13R14 wherein R13 and R14 are independently selected from hydrogen;
straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation;
trifluoromethyl; trifluoromethoxy; difluoromethoxy; 3,4-methylenedioxy; 2,3-methylenedioxy; nitro; and halogen;
(ii) a 2-thiophene ring of Formula (8) wherein R15, R16, and R17 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; straight chain or 3e branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation; C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom;
alkoxy ¨0R19 where R19 is a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation or a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; dialkylamino; trifluoromethyl; difluoromethyl;
trifluoromethoxy; and halogen S
R17 Formula (8);
(iii) a 3-thiophene ring of Formula (9) wherein R18, R19, and R29 are independently selected from the group consisting of straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation; C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; alkoxy ¨0R1 where R19 is a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation or a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen =
atom; dialkylamino; trifluoromethyl; difluoromethyl; trifluoromethoxy; and halogen R18 Formula (9);
=
3f (iv) an unsubstituted 2-Pyridyl ring or a 2-Pyridyl ring substituted at 4- or
6-position of the pyridine ring with one or more groups independently selected from the group consisting of straight chain or branched C-1 to 0-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation and C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom;
(v) an unsubstituted 3-Pyridyl ring or a 3-Pyridyl ring substituted at the 2-, 4- or 6-position of the pyridine ring with one or more groups independently selected from the group consisting of straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation and C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; and (vi) an unsubstituted 4-Pyridyl ring or a 4-Pyridyl ring substituted at the 2- or 6-position of the pyridine ring with one or more groups independently selected from the group consisting of straight chain or branched C-1 to 0-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation and C-1 to 0-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; or a stereoisomer or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof;
- a package comprising (a) a composition comprising an MDM2 inhibitor and an EGFR inhibitor according to definitions of claim 1 or (b) a composition comprising an MDM2 inhibitor according to definitions as described herein and a composition comprising an EGFR inhibitor according to definitions as described herein; and - use of a therapeutically effective amount of (a) an MDM2 inhibitor; and (b) an EGFR inhibitor for the treatment of a proliferative disease, disorder, or condition in a subject in need thereof, wherein the MDM2 inhibitor is a compound having a formula of 3g X
A
NIP7 It2 OH [I
Rh or a stereoisomer or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof;
= X is selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, 2-Methyl, 5-Chloro, 5-Nitro, and 6-Hydroxyl;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of:
(i) a 2-Pyridyl ring of Formula (3) Fta Formula (3) wherein R23 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; fluoro; chloro;
trifluoromethyl; methyl; ethyl; and methoxy;
R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; fluoro; chloro;
methyl; ethyl; methoxy; a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation; a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or 3h one oxygen or nitrogen atom; aryl comprising a phenyl or heteroaryl five or six membered ring containing from 1 to 4 N, 0, or S atoms; and alkoxy -0R1 where is a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation or a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom;
R24 is selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen; fluoro; chloro;
and trifluoromethyl; and R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; methyl; a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation; a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; aryl comprising a phenyl or heteroaryl five or six membered ring containing from 1 to 4 N, 0, or S atoms; and alkoxy -0R10 where R1 is a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation or a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom;
(ii) a 3-Pyridyl ring of Formula (4) Formula (4) wherein R6, R6, and R7 are independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen; trifluoromethyl; a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation, optionally containing one or more halogens; a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; Aryl comprising a phenyl or heteroaryl containing from 1 to 4 N, 0, or S
atoms;
and Alkoxy -0R1 where R1 is a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation, optionally containing one or more halogens; or a 3i C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; and (iii) a 4-Pyridyl ring of Formula (5) 4A..*71*LYN
Formula (5) wherein R8 and R9 are independently selected from the group consisting of: a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation; a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; aryl comprising a phenyl or heteroaryl containing from 1 to 4 N, 0, or S atoms; and alkoxy -0R1 where R1 is a straight chain or branched C-1 to lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation or a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom;
(iv) a phenyl ring substituted with one or more groups selected from a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation; a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; aryl comprising a phenyl or heteroaryl containing from 1 to 4 N, 0, or S
atoms;
alkoxy -0R1 where R1 is a straight chain or branched C-1 to 0-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation or a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; trifluoromethyl:
trifluoromethoxy;
difluoromethoxy; 3,4-methylenedioxy; 2,3-methylenedioxy; nitro; and halogen;
and (v) an unsubstituted heteroaryl five or six membered ring containing from 1 to 4 N, 0, or S atoms;
3j (vi) a substituted heteroaryl five or six membered ring containing from 1 to 4 N, 0, or S atoms substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of: straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation; C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; aryl comprising a phenyl or heteroaryl five or six membered ring containing from 1 to 4 N, 0, or S atoms; and alkoxy -0R10 where R1 is a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation or a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom;
and R2 is selected from the group consisting of: (i) an unsubstituted phenyl ring or a phenyl ring substituted at the 2-, 3-, 4-, 5- or 6-position with one or more groups independently selected from the group consisting of: straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation; C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom;
aryl comprising a phenyl or heteroaryl five or six membered ring containing from 1 to 4 N, 0, or S atoms; hydroxy; alkoxy -0R16 where R1 is a straight chain or branched to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation or a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; 2,3-methylenedioxy; 3,4-methylenedioxy; trifluoroethoxy; dialkylamino having formula -NR13R14 wherein R13 and R14 are independently selected from hydrogen;
straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation;
trifluoromethyl; trifluoromethoxy; difluoromethoxy; 3,4-methylenedioxy; 2,3-methylenedioxy; nitro; and halogen;
(ii) a 2-thiophene ring of Formula (8) wherein R15, R16, and R17 are independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen; straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation; C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom;
alkoxy -0R16 where R1 is a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally 3k containing unsaturation or a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; dialkylamino; trifluoromethyl; difluoromethyl;
trifluoromethoxy; and halogen Rfr Formula (8) (iii) a 3-thiophene ring of Formula (9) wherein R18, R19, and R29 are independently selected from the group consisting of: straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation; C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; alkoxy -0R1 where R1 is a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation or a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; dialkylamino; trifluoromethyl; difluoromethyl; trifluoromethoxy; and halogen Rte \
Formula (9) (iv) an unsubstituted 2-Pyridyl ring or a 2-Pyridyl ring substituted at 4- or 6-position of the pyridine ring with one or more groups independently selected from the group consisting of: straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation and C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom;
(v) an unsubstituted 3-Pyridyl ring or a 3-Pyridyl ring substituted at the 2-, 4- or 6-position of the pyridine ring with one or more groups independently selected from the group consisting of: straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation and C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; and (vi) an unsubstituted 4-Pyridyl ring or a 4-Pyridyl ring substituted at the 2- or 6-position of the pyridine ring with one or more groups independently selected from the group consisting of: straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation and C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; or a stereoisomer or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
3m 10015] Other objects and features will be in part apparent and in part pointed out hereinafter.
DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
[0016] Those of skill in the art will understand that the drawings, described below, are for illustrative purposes only. The drawings are not intended to limit the scope of the present teachings in any way.
[0017] FIG. 1 is a line and scatter plot showing inhibition of p53/MDM2 binding.
RLI.1 is shown as a function of rim, with EC50 determined for each of AD4-1505, AD4-10963, AD4-11511, AD4-10482, AD4-10942, AD4-10944, and AD4-10628.
[0018] FIG. 2 is a series of bar graphs showing percent inhibition of proliferation in A431 cells resulting from a combination of Tarceva and each of compounds AD4-10483, AD4-1505, AD4-10963, and AD4-10628-2. Cl, an indication of synergy when less than 0.8, was determined for each combination.
[00191 FIG. 3 is a line and scatter plot showing Cl of Tarceva as a function of inhibition of p53/MDM2 binding (I050), which demonstrates a correlation thereof.
= [0020] FIG. 4 is a bar graph showing the anti-proliferative effect in A431 cells of a Tarceva, AD4-10483, and a combination thereof.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
[0021] The present disclosure is based, at least in part, on the discovery that combinatorial administration of a compound that inhibits binding of p53 and MDM2 along with an EGFR inhibitor (e.g., Tarceva) can provide synergistic anti-cancer effects and can overcomes developed resistance. A compounds ability to inhibit binding of p53 and .=MDM2 can be an indicator of synergistic anti-cancer effect when in combination with an EGFR inhibitor, especially in a subject with or at risk for resistance to such EGFR inhibitor.
[0022] References are made to U.S. Application Serial No. 11/626,324, published as U.S. Application Publication No. 2008/0015194; U.S. Application Serial No.
12/986,146, published as U.S. Application Publication No. 2011/0301193; PCT/US2011/020414, published as WO 2011/085126; and PCT/US2011/020418, published as WO
2011/085129.
[0023] A second target in cancer treatment is EGFR, a protein frequently dysregulated in cancer cells. Overexpression of EGFR is known to be associated with cancers of many tissues. Approved EGFR inhibitors, such as Tarceva, provide anti-cancer effects but patients can develop resistance.
=
[0024] oEGFR stimulates several cellular pathways, including the ras/raf pathway which leads to the subsequent stimulation of MEK and ERK interaction with p53-. complex.
[0025] Further, as described herein, combinatorial administration of a compound that inhibits p53 binding to MDM2 and an EGFR inhibitor (e.g., Tarceva) can provide synergistic anti-cancer effects and can overcome developed resistance.
Further, administration of MDM2 inhibitors in combination with an EGFR inhibitor, such as Tarceva, can result in synergistic tumor reduction and can overcome resistance to the EGFR
inhibitor. The EGFR and p53/MDM2 signaling are interconnected through the interaction of ERK and MDM2. Provided herein are methods and materials to. identify novel small molecule drug candidates that inhibit MDM2-p53 binding and demonstrate synergystic anti-cancer effects with EGFR kinase inhibitors (e.g., approved EGFR kinase inhibitors), [0026] Working examples provided herein show at least the following. A
compound with the ability to inhibit p53/MDM2 binding can: (a) inhibit cell proliferation in the A431 cell line that over-expresses the EGF receptor; (b) produce a synergistic effect with Tarceva, an EGFR kinase inhibitor, in a cell proliferation assay in the A431 cell line;
(c) induce apoptosis in the A431 cell line as measured by an increase in caspase activity, to a similar extent as Tarceva; (d) produce a synergistic effect with Tarceva in an apoptosis assay in the A431 cell line; (e) increases apoptosis in the A549 cell line, as measured by increased DNA fragmentation; (f) produce a synergistic effect with Tarceva in an apoptosis assay in the A431 cell line; or (g) increase phosphorylated p53; or a combination thereof.
Examples 1-7 describe assays used in further examples. Examples 8-9 show compounds inhibit EFG-mediated cell proliferation and have a synergistic effect with Tarceva.
Examples 10-13 show compounds inhibit interaction of p53 and MDM2. Example 14 shows correlation of p53 inhibition and synergistic cell proliferation.
Examples 15-18 show compounds induce apoptosis (as measured by DNA fragmentation assay and caspase assay). Example 17 shows compounds increase phosphorylated p53 compounds.
[0027] The present disclosure provides several novel classes of compounds that inhibit MDM2, re-activate p53, or inhibit the binding of p53 and MDM2. A
pharmacophore-based class of compounds that inhibits MDM2 and thereby re-activates p53 has been identified. Such compounds can be used alone as anti-cancer therapeutic agents, or in synergistic combination with therapeutic EGFR inhibitors, as described further herein.
Also provided herein are in silico pharmacophore-based design, in vitro assays, and in vivo animal models to identify and optimize compounds that inhibit MDM2.
[0028] MDM2 is an inhibitor of activation of P53, which is a tumor suppressing protein that prevents cancer. Over-expression of MDM2 can cause inactivation of tumor suppressor p53, which can result in many types of cancer. A drug inhibiting MDM2 (e.g., inhibition of MDM2-p53 binding) can re-activate or restore the function of p53, resulting in tumor reduction and providing therapeutic approach for cancer treatment.
[0028] An MDM2 inhibitor, as that term is used herein, can refer to anyone of, or a combination of, MDM2 activity inhibition, increase of phosphorylated p53, re-activation of p53, or inhibition of the binding of p53 and MDM2. An MDM2 inhibitor can inhibit the activity of MDM2. An MDM2 inhibitor can increase of phosphorylated p53. An inhibitor can re-activate p53. An MDM2 inhibitor can inhibit p53/MDM2 binding.
Increase = of a phosphorylated form of p53 can decrease binding of p53 and MDM2.
(0030] An MDM2 inhibitor compound can be identified through one or more of the following: (a) ability to inhibit cell proliferation in the A431 cell line that over-expresses the EGF receptor; (b) ability to produce a synergistic effect with Tarceva, an EGFR kinase inhibitor, in a cell proliferation assay in the A431 cell line; (c) ability to induce apoptosis in the A431 cell line as measured by an increase in caspase activity; (d) ability to produce a synergistic effect with Tarceva in an apoptosis assay in the A431 cell line;
(e) ability to increases apoptosis in the A549 cell line, as measured by increased DNA
fragmentation;
(f) ability to induce apoptosis in the A431 cell line to a similar extent as Tarceva; and (g) ability to increase phosphorylated p53. Guidance as to pertinent assays for demonstration of the above are provided in Examples 1-7. Exemplary results using such assays to assess candidate compounds are provided in: Examples 8-9 (inhibition of EFG-mediated cell proliferation and synergy with EGFR inhibitor); Examples 10-13 (inhibition of interaction of p53 and MDM2); Example 14 (correlation of p53 inhibition and synergistic cell proliferation); Examples 15-18 (induction of apoptosis as measured by DNA
fragmentation assay and caspase assay); and Example 17 (increased phosphorylated p53).
(0031] One of ordinary skill will understand that any compound demonstrating activity as described above can be used in the combinatorial therapeutic approach described herein. Exemplary MDM2 inhibitor compounds are further discussed below.
(0032] An MDM2 inhibitor can be a compound as disclosed in U.S.
Application Serial No. 11/626,324, published as US Application Publication No..
2008/0015194; U.S.
Nonprovisional Application Serial No. 12/986,146; International Application No.
PCT/US11/20414, published as WO 2011/085126; or International Application No.
PCT/US11/20418, published as WO 2011/085129.
(0033] An MDM2 inhibitor can be a compound as disclosed in Vassilev 2006 Trends in Molecular Medicine 13(1), 23-31. For example, an MDM2 inhibitor can be a nutlin (e.g., a cis-imidazole compound, such as nutlin-3a); a benzodiazepine as disclosed in Grasberger et al. 2005 J Med Chem 48, 909-912; a RITA compound as disclosed in
(v) an unsubstituted 3-Pyridyl ring or a 3-Pyridyl ring substituted at the 2-, 4- or 6-position of the pyridine ring with one or more groups independently selected from the group consisting of straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation and C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; and (vi) an unsubstituted 4-Pyridyl ring or a 4-Pyridyl ring substituted at the 2- or 6-position of the pyridine ring with one or more groups independently selected from the group consisting of straight chain or branched C-1 to 0-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation and C-1 to 0-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; or a stereoisomer or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof;
- a package comprising (a) a composition comprising an MDM2 inhibitor and an EGFR inhibitor according to definitions of claim 1 or (b) a composition comprising an MDM2 inhibitor according to definitions as described herein and a composition comprising an EGFR inhibitor according to definitions as described herein; and - use of a therapeutically effective amount of (a) an MDM2 inhibitor; and (b) an EGFR inhibitor for the treatment of a proliferative disease, disorder, or condition in a subject in need thereof, wherein the MDM2 inhibitor is a compound having a formula of 3g X
A
NIP7 It2 OH [I
Rh or a stereoisomer or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof;
= X is selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, 2-Methyl, 5-Chloro, 5-Nitro, and 6-Hydroxyl;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of:
(i) a 2-Pyridyl ring of Formula (3) Fta Formula (3) wherein R23 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; fluoro; chloro;
trifluoromethyl; methyl; ethyl; and methoxy;
R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; fluoro; chloro;
methyl; ethyl; methoxy; a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation; a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or 3h one oxygen or nitrogen atom; aryl comprising a phenyl or heteroaryl five or six membered ring containing from 1 to 4 N, 0, or S atoms; and alkoxy -0R1 where is a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation or a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom;
R24 is selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen; fluoro; chloro;
and trifluoromethyl; and R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; methyl; a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation; a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; aryl comprising a phenyl or heteroaryl five or six membered ring containing from 1 to 4 N, 0, or S atoms; and alkoxy -0R10 where R1 is a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation or a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom;
(ii) a 3-Pyridyl ring of Formula (4) Formula (4) wherein R6, R6, and R7 are independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen; trifluoromethyl; a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation, optionally containing one or more halogens; a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; Aryl comprising a phenyl or heteroaryl containing from 1 to 4 N, 0, or S
atoms;
and Alkoxy -0R1 where R1 is a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation, optionally containing one or more halogens; or a 3i C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; and (iii) a 4-Pyridyl ring of Formula (5) 4A..*71*LYN
Formula (5) wherein R8 and R9 are independently selected from the group consisting of: a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation; a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; aryl comprising a phenyl or heteroaryl containing from 1 to 4 N, 0, or S atoms; and alkoxy -0R1 where R1 is a straight chain or branched C-1 to lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation or a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom;
(iv) a phenyl ring substituted with one or more groups selected from a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation; a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; aryl comprising a phenyl or heteroaryl containing from 1 to 4 N, 0, or S
atoms;
alkoxy -0R1 where R1 is a straight chain or branched C-1 to 0-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation or a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; trifluoromethyl:
trifluoromethoxy;
difluoromethoxy; 3,4-methylenedioxy; 2,3-methylenedioxy; nitro; and halogen;
and (v) an unsubstituted heteroaryl five or six membered ring containing from 1 to 4 N, 0, or S atoms;
3j (vi) a substituted heteroaryl five or six membered ring containing from 1 to 4 N, 0, or S atoms substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of: straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation; C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; aryl comprising a phenyl or heteroaryl five or six membered ring containing from 1 to 4 N, 0, or S atoms; and alkoxy -0R10 where R1 is a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation or a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom;
and R2 is selected from the group consisting of: (i) an unsubstituted phenyl ring or a phenyl ring substituted at the 2-, 3-, 4-, 5- or 6-position with one or more groups independently selected from the group consisting of: straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation; C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom;
aryl comprising a phenyl or heteroaryl five or six membered ring containing from 1 to 4 N, 0, or S atoms; hydroxy; alkoxy -0R16 where R1 is a straight chain or branched to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation or a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; 2,3-methylenedioxy; 3,4-methylenedioxy; trifluoroethoxy; dialkylamino having formula -NR13R14 wherein R13 and R14 are independently selected from hydrogen;
straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation;
trifluoromethyl; trifluoromethoxy; difluoromethoxy; 3,4-methylenedioxy; 2,3-methylenedioxy; nitro; and halogen;
(ii) a 2-thiophene ring of Formula (8) wherein R15, R16, and R17 are independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen; straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation; C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom;
alkoxy -0R16 where R1 is a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally 3k containing unsaturation or a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; dialkylamino; trifluoromethyl; difluoromethyl;
trifluoromethoxy; and halogen Rfr Formula (8) (iii) a 3-thiophene ring of Formula (9) wherein R18, R19, and R29 are independently selected from the group consisting of: straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation; C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; alkoxy -0R1 where R1 is a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation or a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; dialkylamino; trifluoromethyl; difluoromethyl; trifluoromethoxy; and halogen Rte \
Formula (9) (iv) an unsubstituted 2-Pyridyl ring or a 2-Pyridyl ring substituted at 4- or 6-position of the pyridine ring with one or more groups independently selected from the group consisting of: straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation and C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom;
(v) an unsubstituted 3-Pyridyl ring or a 3-Pyridyl ring substituted at the 2-, 4- or 6-position of the pyridine ring with one or more groups independently selected from the group consisting of: straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation and C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; and (vi) an unsubstituted 4-Pyridyl ring or a 4-Pyridyl ring substituted at the 2- or 6-position of the pyridine ring with one or more groups independently selected from the group consisting of: straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation and C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; or a stereoisomer or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
3m 10015] Other objects and features will be in part apparent and in part pointed out hereinafter.
DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
[0016] Those of skill in the art will understand that the drawings, described below, are for illustrative purposes only. The drawings are not intended to limit the scope of the present teachings in any way.
[0017] FIG. 1 is a line and scatter plot showing inhibition of p53/MDM2 binding.
RLI.1 is shown as a function of rim, with EC50 determined for each of AD4-1505, AD4-10963, AD4-11511, AD4-10482, AD4-10942, AD4-10944, and AD4-10628.
[0018] FIG. 2 is a series of bar graphs showing percent inhibition of proliferation in A431 cells resulting from a combination of Tarceva and each of compounds AD4-10483, AD4-1505, AD4-10963, and AD4-10628-2. Cl, an indication of synergy when less than 0.8, was determined for each combination.
[00191 FIG. 3 is a line and scatter plot showing Cl of Tarceva as a function of inhibition of p53/MDM2 binding (I050), which demonstrates a correlation thereof.
= [0020] FIG. 4 is a bar graph showing the anti-proliferative effect in A431 cells of a Tarceva, AD4-10483, and a combination thereof.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
[0021] The present disclosure is based, at least in part, on the discovery that combinatorial administration of a compound that inhibits binding of p53 and MDM2 along with an EGFR inhibitor (e.g., Tarceva) can provide synergistic anti-cancer effects and can overcomes developed resistance. A compounds ability to inhibit binding of p53 and .=MDM2 can be an indicator of synergistic anti-cancer effect when in combination with an EGFR inhibitor, especially in a subject with or at risk for resistance to such EGFR inhibitor.
[0022] References are made to U.S. Application Serial No. 11/626,324, published as U.S. Application Publication No. 2008/0015194; U.S. Application Serial No.
12/986,146, published as U.S. Application Publication No. 2011/0301193; PCT/US2011/020414, published as WO 2011/085126; and PCT/US2011/020418, published as WO
2011/085129.
[0023] A second target in cancer treatment is EGFR, a protein frequently dysregulated in cancer cells. Overexpression of EGFR is known to be associated with cancers of many tissues. Approved EGFR inhibitors, such as Tarceva, provide anti-cancer effects but patients can develop resistance.
=
[0024] oEGFR stimulates several cellular pathways, including the ras/raf pathway which leads to the subsequent stimulation of MEK and ERK interaction with p53-. complex.
[0025] Further, as described herein, combinatorial administration of a compound that inhibits p53 binding to MDM2 and an EGFR inhibitor (e.g., Tarceva) can provide synergistic anti-cancer effects and can overcome developed resistance.
Further, administration of MDM2 inhibitors in combination with an EGFR inhibitor, such as Tarceva, can result in synergistic tumor reduction and can overcome resistance to the EGFR
inhibitor. The EGFR and p53/MDM2 signaling are interconnected through the interaction of ERK and MDM2. Provided herein are methods and materials to. identify novel small molecule drug candidates that inhibit MDM2-p53 binding and demonstrate synergystic anti-cancer effects with EGFR kinase inhibitors (e.g., approved EGFR kinase inhibitors), [0026] Working examples provided herein show at least the following. A
compound with the ability to inhibit p53/MDM2 binding can: (a) inhibit cell proliferation in the A431 cell line that over-expresses the EGF receptor; (b) produce a synergistic effect with Tarceva, an EGFR kinase inhibitor, in a cell proliferation assay in the A431 cell line;
(c) induce apoptosis in the A431 cell line as measured by an increase in caspase activity, to a similar extent as Tarceva; (d) produce a synergistic effect with Tarceva in an apoptosis assay in the A431 cell line; (e) increases apoptosis in the A549 cell line, as measured by increased DNA fragmentation; (f) produce a synergistic effect with Tarceva in an apoptosis assay in the A431 cell line; or (g) increase phosphorylated p53; or a combination thereof.
Examples 1-7 describe assays used in further examples. Examples 8-9 show compounds inhibit EFG-mediated cell proliferation and have a synergistic effect with Tarceva.
Examples 10-13 show compounds inhibit interaction of p53 and MDM2. Example 14 shows correlation of p53 inhibition and synergistic cell proliferation.
Examples 15-18 show compounds induce apoptosis (as measured by DNA fragmentation assay and caspase assay). Example 17 shows compounds increase phosphorylated p53 compounds.
[0027] The present disclosure provides several novel classes of compounds that inhibit MDM2, re-activate p53, or inhibit the binding of p53 and MDM2. A
pharmacophore-based class of compounds that inhibits MDM2 and thereby re-activates p53 has been identified. Such compounds can be used alone as anti-cancer therapeutic agents, or in synergistic combination with therapeutic EGFR inhibitors, as described further herein.
Also provided herein are in silico pharmacophore-based design, in vitro assays, and in vivo animal models to identify and optimize compounds that inhibit MDM2.
[0028] MDM2 is an inhibitor of activation of P53, which is a tumor suppressing protein that prevents cancer. Over-expression of MDM2 can cause inactivation of tumor suppressor p53, which can result in many types of cancer. A drug inhibiting MDM2 (e.g., inhibition of MDM2-p53 binding) can re-activate or restore the function of p53, resulting in tumor reduction and providing therapeutic approach for cancer treatment.
[0028] An MDM2 inhibitor, as that term is used herein, can refer to anyone of, or a combination of, MDM2 activity inhibition, increase of phosphorylated p53, re-activation of p53, or inhibition of the binding of p53 and MDM2. An MDM2 inhibitor can inhibit the activity of MDM2. An MDM2 inhibitor can increase of phosphorylated p53. An inhibitor can re-activate p53. An MDM2 inhibitor can inhibit p53/MDM2 binding.
Increase = of a phosphorylated form of p53 can decrease binding of p53 and MDM2.
(0030] An MDM2 inhibitor compound can be identified through one or more of the following: (a) ability to inhibit cell proliferation in the A431 cell line that over-expresses the EGF receptor; (b) ability to produce a synergistic effect with Tarceva, an EGFR kinase inhibitor, in a cell proliferation assay in the A431 cell line; (c) ability to induce apoptosis in the A431 cell line as measured by an increase in caspase activity; (d) ability to produce a synergistic effect with Tarceva in an apoptosis assay in the A431 cell line;
(e) ability to increases apoptosis in the A549 cell line, as measured by increased DNA
fragmentation;
(f) ability to induce apoptosis in the A431 cell line to a similar extent as Tarceva; and (g) ability to increase phosphorylated p53. Guidance as to pertinent assays for demonstration of the above are provided in Examples 1-7. Exemplary results using such assays to assess candidate compounds are provided in: Examples 8-9 (inhibition of EFG-mediated cell proliferation and synergy with EGFR inhibitor); Examples 10-13 (inhibition of interaction of p53 and MDM2); Example 14 (correlation of p53 inhibition and synergistic cell proliferation); Examples 15-18 (induction of apoptosis as measured by DNA
fragmentation assay and caspase assay); and Example 17 (increased phosphorylated p53).
(0031] One of ordinary skill will understand that any compound demonstrating activity as described above can be used in the combinatorial therapeutic approach described herein. Exemplary MDM2 inhibitor compounds are further discussed below.
(0032] An MDM2 inhibitor can be a compound as disclosed in U.S.
Application Serial No. 11/626,324, published as US Application Publication No..
2008/0015194; U.S.
Nonprovisional Application Serial No. 12/986,146; International Application No.
PCT/US11/20414, published as WO 2011/085126; or International Application No.
PCT/US11/20418, published as WO 2011/085129.
(0033] An MDM2 inhibitor can be a compound as disclosed in Vassilev 2006 Trends in Molecular Medicine 13(1), 23-31. For example, an MDM2 inhibitor can be a nutlin (e.g., a cis-imidazole compound, such as nutlin-3a); a benzodiazepine as disclosed in Grasberger et al. 2005 J Med Chem 48, 909-912; a RITA compound as disclosed in
7 lssaeva et al. 2004 Nat Med 10, 1321-1328; a spiro-oxindole compound as disclosed in Ding et al. 2005 J Am Chem Soc 127, 10130-10131 and Ding et al. 2006 J Med Chem 49, 3432-3435; or a quininol compound as disclosed in Lu et al. 2006 J Med Chem 49, 3759-3762. As a further example, an MDM2 inhibitor can be a compound as disclosed in Chene 2003 Nat. Rev. Cancer 3, 102-109; Fotouhi and Graves 2005 Curr Top Med Chem 5, 159-165; or Vassilev 2005 J Med Chem 48, 4491-4499.
01334] Type A AD4-1505-like compounds.
[0035] An MDM2 inhibitor can be a compound according to Formula 2 (a Type A
AD4-1505-like compound) as follows:
2 00) R2 OH Hikk F" Formula (2).
[0036] In the above structure, X1 of Formula (2) can represent one or more functional group from the following Hydrogen atom, 2-Methyl, 5-Chloro, 5-Nitro, or 6-Hydroxyl group.
[0037] R1 of Formula (2) can represent:
[0038] a 2-Pyridyl ring of Formula (3) wherein R23 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; fluoro; chloro; trifluoromethyl; methyl; ethyl; and methoxy; R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; fluoro; chloro; methyl; ethyl;
methoxy; a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation; a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; aryl comprising a phenyl or heteroaryl five or six membered ring containing from 1 to 4 N, 0, or S atoms; and alkoxy -0R1 where R1 is a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation or a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; R24 is selected from the group consisting of:
hydrogen; fluoro; chloro; and trifluoromethyl; and R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; methyl; a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation; a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; aryl comprising a phenyl or heteroaryl five or six membered ring containing from 1 to 4 N, 0, or S atoms; and alkoxy -0R1 where R1 is a straight chain or
01334] Type A AD4-1505-like compounds.
[0035] An MDM2 inhibitor can be a compound according to Formula 2 (a Type A
AD4-1505-like compound) as follows:
2 00) R2 OH Hikk F" Formula (2).
[0036] In the above structure, X1 of Formula (2) can represent one or more functional group from the following Hydrogen atom, 2-Methyl, 5-Chloro, 5-Nitro, or 6-Hydroxyl group.
[0037] R1 of Formula (2) can represent:
[0038] a 2-Pyridyl ring of Formula (3) wherein R23 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; fluoro; chloro; trifluoromethyl; methyl; ethyl; and methoxy; R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; fluoro; chloro; methyl; ethyl;
methoxy; a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation; a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; aryl comprising a phenyl or heteroaryl five or six membered ring containing from 1 to 4 N, 0, or S atoms; and alkoxy -0R1 where R1 is a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation or a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; R24 is selected from the group consisting of:
hydrogen; fluoro; chloro; and trifluoromethyl; and R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; methyl; a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation; a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; aryl comprising a phenyl or heteroaryl five or six membered ring containing from 1 to 4 N, 0, or S atoms; and alkoxy -0R1 where R1 is a straight chain or
8 branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation or a C-1 to cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom;
4Ft23VR2 R3 Formula (3) [00391 a 3-Pyridyl ring of Formula (4) wherein R6, R6, and R7 are independently selected from the group consisting of: lower alkyl defined as C-1 to C-4, straight chain, branched, or optionally containing unsaturation, cycloalkyl defined as C-1 to C-6 optionally containing unsaturation, Aryl including phenyl or heteroaryl containing from 1 to 4 N, 0, or S atoms, Alkoxy (-0R16 where R16 is defined as a lower alkyl group or cycloalkyl group in the above definition) (e.g., AD4-12908, AD4-13051, AD4-13021, AD4-13021, AD4-13063, AD4-013064, AD4-13065, AD4-13066, AD4-13101);
N
R6 R7 Formula (4) (0040] a 4-Pyridyl ring of Formula (5) wherein R6 and R6 are independently selected from the group consisting of: lower alkyl defined as C-1 to C-4, straight chain, branched, or optionally containing unsaturation, cycloalkyl defined as C-1 to C-6 optionally containing unsaturation, Aryl including phenyl or heteroaryl containing from 1 to 4 N, 0, or S atoms, Alkoxy (-0R16 where R16 is defined as a lower alkyl group or cycloalkyl group in the above definition);
I N
R8 Formula (5) [00411 an unsubstituted phenyl ring or, preferably, a phenyl ring substituted with one or more of the following groups: lower alkyl defined as C-1 to C-4, straight chain, branched, or optionally containing unsaturation, cycloalkyl defined as C-1 to C-6 optionally =
4Ft23VR2 R3 Formula (3) [00391 a 3-Pyridyl ring of Formula (4) wherein R6, R6, and R7 are independently selected from the group consisting of: lower alkyl defined as C-1 to C-4, straight chain, branched, or optionally containing unsaturation, cycloalkyl defined as C-1 to C-6 optionally containing unsaturation, Aryl including phenyl or heteroaryl containing from 1 to 4 N, 0, or S atoms, Alkoxy (-0R16 where R16 is defined as a lower alkyl group or cycloalkyl group in the above definition) (e.g., AD4-12908, AD4-13051, AD4-13021, AD4-13021, AD4-13063, AD4-013064, AD4-13065, AD4-13066, AD4-13101);
N
R6 R7 Formula (4) (0040] a 4-Pyridyl ring of Formula (5) wherein R6 and R6 are independently selected from the group consisting of: lower alkyl defined as C-1 to C-4, straight chain, branched, or optionally containing unsaturation, cycloalkyl defined as C-1 to C-6 optionally containing unsaturation, Aryl including phenyl or heteroaryl containing from 1 to 4 N, 0, or S atoms, Alkoxy (-0R16 where R16 is defined as a lower alkyl group or cycloalkyl group in the above definition);
I N
R8 Formula (5) [00411 an unsubstituted phenyl ring or, preferably, a phenyl ring substituted with one or more of the following groups: lower alkyl defined as C-1 to C-4, straight chain, branched, or optionally containing unsaturation, cycloalkyl defined as C-1 to C-6 optionally =
9 containing unsaturation, Aryl including phenyl or heteroaryl containing from 1 to 4 N, 0, or S atoms, alkoxy (-0R1 where R1 is defined as a lower alkyl group or cycloalkyl group as in the above definition), trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, difluoromethoxy, 3, 4-methylenedioxy, 2, 3-methylenedioxy, Nitro or Halogen (F, Cl, Br, I); or [0042] an unsubstituted heteroaryl five or six membered ring containing from 1 to 4 N, 0, or S atoms, or a heteroaryl five or six membered ring containing from 1 to 4 N, 0, or S atoms which has one or more optional substitution with the substituent defined as one or more of the following groups: lower alkyl defined as C-1 to C-4, straight chain, branched, or optionally containing unsaturation, cycloalkyl defined as C-1 to C-6 optionally containing unsaturation, Aryl including phenyl or heteroaryl five or six membered ring containing from 1 to 4 N, 0, or S atoms, Alkoxy (-0R1 where 1,21 is defined as a lower alkyl group or cycloalkyl group in the above definition).
[0043] It has been found that where R1 is a 2-pyridyl ring of Formula (3) and R24 is chloro or R23 is methyl, the resulting compound can exhibit increased stability.
[0044] It has been found that where R1 is a 2-pyridyl ring of Formula (3) having combinations of substituted halogens and alkyl groups, the resulting compound can exhibit increased antiproliferative activity. For example, where R1 is a 2-pyridyl ring of Formula (3), the following substitutions can provide increased antiproliferative activity: R4 is hydrogen, R24 is fluoro, R3 is hydrogen, and R23 is fluoro; R4 is methyl, R24 is chloro, R3 is hydrogen, and R23 is fluoro; R4 is hydrogen, R24 is chloro, R3 is ethyl, and R23 is fluoro;
R4 is hydrogen, R24 is fluoro, R3 is methyl, and R23 is fluoro; R4 is hydrogen, R24 is chloro, R3 is hydrogen, and R23 is ethyl; R4 is methyl, R24 is chloro, R3 is hydrogen, and R23 is chloro; R4 is hydrogen, R24 is chloro, R3 is methyl, and R23 is fluoro; R4 is hydrogen, R24 is trifluoromethyl, R3 is hydrogen, and R23 is hydrogen; R4 is hydrogen, R24 is chloro, R3 is hydrogen, and R23 is methyl; R4 is hydrogen, R24 is chloro, R3 is hydrogen, and R23 is chloro; R4 is hydrogen, R24 is chloro, R3 is methyl, and R23 is hydrogen; or R4 is hydrogen, R24 is chloro, R3 is chloro, and R23 is hydrogen.
[0045] It has been found that where R1 is a 2-pyridyl ring of Formula (3) and R24 is chloro and there is additionally a chloro or methyl at one or both of R3 or R23, the resulting compound can exhibit increased apoptosis. For example, where R1 is a 2-pyridyl ring of Formula (3), the following substitutions can provide increased apoptosis: R24 is chloro, R3 is hydrogen, and R23 is methyl; R24 is chloro, R3 is methyl, and R23 is fluoro; R24 is chloro, R3 is chloro, and R23 is hydrogen; and R24 is chloro, R3 is hydrogen, and R23 is chloro.
(0046] It has been found that, where R1 of Formula (2) is a 2-Pyridyl ring of Formula (3), the group at R24 of the aminopyridine can block metabolism in cultured hepatocytes.
[0047] As preferred examples, R1 of Formula (2) can represent: an unsubstituted 2-(1,3-thiazoyl) ring (see Formula (6)) or a 2-(1,3-thiazoyl) ring with groups at the"4- or 5-position of the thiazole ring, for example a 2-(4,5-Dimethy1-1,3-thiazoyl ring (see Formula (7)):
---r HN
HN CH, S
_____________ R1 2 CH, 2-(1,3-THIAZOYL) RING SUBSTITUTION 2-(4,5-DIMETHYL-1,3-THIAZOYL) GROUP
Formula (6) Formula (7) [0048] R2 of Formula (2) can represent:
0049] an unsubstituted Phenyl ring or a Phenyl ring substituted at the 2-, 3-, 4-, 5-or 6-position with one or more of the following groups: lower alkyl defined as C-1 to C-4, straight chain, branched, or optionally containing unsaturation, cycloalkyl defined as C-1 to C-6 optionally containing unsaturation, Aryl including phenyl or heteroaryl containing from 1 to 4 N, 0, or S atoms, Alkoxy (-0R16 where R1 is defined as a lower alkyl group or cycloalkyl group as in the above definition), 2,3-Methylenedioxy or 3,4-Methylenedioxy group, Dialkylamino (-NR13R14 where R13 and R14 are independently selected from a Hydrogen atom or lower alkyl group as previously described); Trifluoromethyl, Trifluoromethoxy, Difluoromethoxy, 3, 4-methylenedioxy, 2, 3-methylenedioxy, Nitro or Halogen (F, Cl, Br, I);
[0050] a 2-Thiophene ring of Formula (8) wherein R15, R16, and R17 are independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, Alkoxy, Dialkylamino, Trifluoromethyl, Difluoromethyl, Trifluoromethoxy or halogen as described above;
HN
s / __ R16 2-THIOPHENE RING SUBSTITUTION Formula (8) [0051] a 3-Thiophene ring of Formula (9) wherein R18, R19, and R2 are independently selected from the group consisting of: lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, Alkoxy, Dialkylamino, Trifluoromethyl, Difluoromethyl, Trifluoromethoxy or halogen as described above;
I \ __ R20 3-THIOPHENE RING SUBSTITUTION Formula (9) [0052] an unsubstituted 2-Pyridyl ring or a 2-Pyridyl ring substituted at the 4- or 6-position of the pyridine ring with one or more of the following groups: lower alkyl group as defined above, cycloalkyl group as defined above;
[0053] an unsubstituted 3-Pyridyl ring or a 3-Pyridyl ring substituted at the 2-, 4-or 6-position of the pyridine ring with one or more of the following groups:
lower alkyl group as defined above, cycloalkyl group as defined above; or [0054] an unsubstituted 4-Pyridyl ring or a 4-Pyridyl ring substituted at the 2- or 6-position of the pyridine ring with one or more of the following groups: lower alkyl group as defined above, cycloalkyl group as defined above.
[0055] It has been found that where R2 is a phenyl ring substituted at the 2- and 4-positions, the resulting compound can exhibit increased stability. For example, where R2 is 4-trifluoromethylphenyl; 2-fluoro,4-trifluoromethylphenyl; or 2,4-dichlorophenyl, the resulting compound can exhibit increased stability.
[0056] It has been found that where R2 is a phenyl ring substituted with a combination of halogens and trifluoromethyl groups, the resulting compound can exhibit increased antiproliferative activity. For example, where R2 is 4-chlorophenyl;
2-fluoro,4-trifluoromethylphenyl; 3-fluoro,4-chlorophenyl; 2-fluoro,4-chlorophenyl; 2,3-dichlorophenyl;
2,3,5-trichlorophenyl; 2,4-dichlorophenyl; 3,4-dichlorophenyl; or 3,5-dichlorophenyl, the resulting compound can exhibit increased antiproliferative activity.
[0057] It has been found that where R2 is a phenyl ring substituted at the 4 position with chloro and additionally substituted at the 2- or 3- position with chloro or fluoro, the resulting compound exhibits increased apoptosis. For example, where R2 is 2,4-dichlorophenyl or 2-chloro,4-fluorophenyl, the resulting compound can exhibits increased apoptosis.
[0059] In some embodiments, the compound(s) are the enantiomeric isomers of Formula (2).
[0059] In some embodiments, the compound(s) of Formula (2) are according to and R2 as provided in the following TABLE 1, TABLE 2, TABLE 3, and TABLE 4.
TABLE 1: R1 and R2 substitution combinations (Pyr = pyridine; Ani =
aniline) R2 phenyl R1=5CIPyr R1=5FPyr R1=4CIPyr R1=4Me- R1=4Me-substitution 5CIPyr 5FPyr 2,3-diCI AD4-13086 AD4-13103 AD4-13153 AD4-13126 3,4-diCI AD4-13054 AD4-13113 AD4-13069 AD4-13166 AD4-13127 2,4-did AD4-13097 AD4-13110 AD4-13123 AD4-13128 2,5-diC I AD4-13095 AD4-13102 AD4-13158 AD4-13118 3,5-did I AD4-13094 AD4-13098 AD4-13122 AD4-13114 2,6-did I A04-13109 AD4-13120 AD4-13148 AD4-13125 2,3,5-triCI AD4-13111 AD4-13132 AD4-13156 2C I-5C F3 AD4-13052 AD4-13049 AD4-13060 =
2,4-diC F3 AD4-13124 2,3,5,6-F4 AD4-13070 AD4-13136 2,4-diF AD4-13050 AD4-13045 3-M e-4-0M e 2,3,5,6-F4-2-Me OMe 2-0H-5-Me =
3,4-di0Me AD4-13194 2,3,4-tri0Me AD4-13196 TABLE 2: R1 and R2 substitution combinations (Pyr = pyridine; Ani =
aniline) R2 phenyl R1=3Me- R1=5- R1=Pyr R1=4-MePyr R1=6-R1=3,5-substitution 5CI CF3Pyr MePyr diFPyr 2,3-diCI AD4-13147 AD4-10051 AD4-12906 AD4-12905 3,4-diCI AD4-13119 AD4-13030 AD4-13037 AD4-12917 AD4-12916 AD4-13182 2,4-diCI AD4-13130 AD4-13033 AD4-13039 = AD4-12912 AD4-12911 AD4-13175 2,5-diCI AD4-13137 AD4-12910 =
3,5-diCI AD4-13131 AD4-12914 2,6-diCI AD4-13142 A04-13019 AD4-13138 2,3,5-triCI AD4-13167 AD4-13072 2,4-diC F3 2,3,5,6-F4 AD4-13059 AD4-12918 2,4-d iF AD4-13068 AD4-13029 AD4-13036 3-Me-4-0Me AD4-12965 2-F =
2,3,5,6-F4- AD4-13093 AD4-13092 AD4-13085 2-Me AD4-12935 OMe 2-0H-5-Me AD4-12936 3,4-di0Me AD4-13193 2,3,4-tri0Me AD4-13208 . 2,4-did AD4-13200 (2MeQ) TABLE 3: R1 and R2 substitution combinations (Pyr = pyridine; Ani =
aniline) R2 phenyl R1=3F- R1=5-CI-6- R1=3-F-5- R1=4,5-R1=3-F-4- R1=3,5-substitution 5C I Pyr MePyr C F3 Pyr diCIPyr Me-5-CIPyr diCI-6-MePyr =
=
2,3-diCI AD4-13172 AD4-13192 AD4-13211 3,4-diCI AD4-13150 AD4-13177 AD4-13202 2,4-diCI A04-13143 AD4-13165 2,5-diCI AD4-13179 AD4-13220 3,5-diCI AD4-13189 AD4-13223 2,6-diCI
2,3,5-triCI AD4-13209 A04-13180 AD4-13213 3F-4C1 AD4-13224 = AD4-13230 2,4-diC F3 2,3,5,6-F4 AD4-13163 2,4-diF =
3-Me-4-0Me 2,3,5,6-F4-4-0C H2CF3 _ 2-Me OMe 2-0H-5-Me 3,4-di0Me AD4-13195 2,3,4-tri0Me AD4-13197 AD4-13210 TABLE 4: R1 and R2 substitution combinations (Pyr = pyridine; Ani =
aniline) R2 phenyl R1=2-Me-4- R1=3-Me- R1=3- R1=3-Et-5- R1=3-F-4-R1=3,5-substitution CI-Ani 4-CI-Ani Me0-5- CIPyr Et-5-CIPyr diCIPyr CIPyr 2,3-did! AD4-13215 AD4-13222 3,4-diCI AD4-13204 AD4-13207 2,4-did I AD4-13201 AD4-13217 AD4-13218 AD4-13231 2,5-diCI AD4-13221 AD4-13227 3,5-diCI AD4-13216 AD4-13226 2,6-diCI
2,3,5-triCI AD4-13228 2,4-diCF3 2,3,5,6-F4 2,4-diF
3-Me-4-OMe 2,3,5,6-F4-2-Me OMe 2-0H-5-Me 3,4-di0Me =
2,3,4- AD4-13214 AD4-13219 tri0Me [0 0 6 0] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (2) is AD4-1505.
-N
Me0 OH AD4-1505, Formula (1) I0061] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (2) is selected from a compound of TABLE 5.
=
TABLE 5: Exemplary Compounds of Formula (2) H = N-0 =' i---%,_ NC AD4-12908 \N--.." IP /
AD4-12902 IIP ci 0, )\--F CI
F F
p q_j.),1 HO
/¨N AD4-12909 H3 AD4-12903 Ha2¨
WO OH
F
F
= N¨.
%.HHO N¨ ¨ N * /
AD4-12904 = i----N
CI * CI
HiC itCI
H= ¨ HO N.--c)-Hil H = AD4-12911N
NC . .
a /
AD4-12905 HsC *
CI
CI
CI
I"-.H = ¨
IisC
H
0-- S.o AD4-12912 AD4-12906 . a . a CI
a HO N-Ha ¨N . /
HO N¨
b-11 NC
AD4-12907 ¨ N li Cl *
= a HO N-0....H
¨N * /
= Mk CI iHO Am&
)=1.:
HaC
Hi sk 1-1,C OH
HC
HO
CI
11/ CHs HO N
AD4-12915 a AD4-12937 (--r.li 7=N F . /
N , NC õ ci HaC
HC CH, CI CI
NC =
b_H . ¨ F
Ha . b-14 AD4-12917 a a AD4-12954 ct . 2--4F Pt H
r\_H HO
HsC .
F F AD4-12955 2.'"1.
= Ha a F
AD4-12918 *
14,C
6.24 HO ii HO e AD4-12935 ¨N
. . AD4-12958 N.\--Ni .4. a% 0 CI CI
i H,C"Ø-i NH = H AD4-13019 CI
AD4-12959 a ilj-:): N CI
= F
CH, H,C
H2_ C:tp1.4-" .
N
A F
CH, Cl HiC
Its Q_H HO
N 1 = .
= / AD4-13021A N 1, AD4-12966 c It * ci - F
F F
Ma Ha NO 0 _ii HO
¨
AD4-1i990 . / AD4-13021B ¨u *
lik F CI
CIIlk f F F
ais HO _ (-)---L' H = * N - /
AD4-12991 * AD4-13022 = it--N
H,C 00 It F F
H,C F
-H,C CH, 2_... H HO
b_...H 41 N
*AD4-13018 143CCI . CI F
H,C F AD4-13023 a . 20 HO *H N-= NC *
CI -F-1---tr * /
F *
AD4-13024 AD4-13030 a a ,= N-. HO _ - . / F -N * I
* CI a * F
= CI , F
14,C
HO ' - F / \ ti HO NO-.
_H F
* / F -N * /
F
* F li CI
F
AD4-13026 AD4-13032 a F
F
H
HO N-- F / \ H HO N.--N * / F -N
* CI * CI
AD4-13033-1 ci F H
F-F-->-0- 1 HO - F / \ HO -/
F -N * /
= *ci AD4-13033-2 ci - .
F F
. F / \H HO
N-F F / \ Li H -/ F -N * /
F ¨ N . II
F F
AD4-13029 F AD4-13034 F . F
at, a-Ci- 4 .= -' -N
*
C-1.4 .= F .
--N 4 --- , / AD4-13041 F F
- N
11.7 F
F * CH, CI
HO Pt-Ci-CS-til -N =/
0_2 HO N-= *
-N I. / AD4-13042 F
. F F F
HO N.__ AD4-13036 F ca -0-11 -N * /
ff--.1/4.4 HO
*
/
* AD4-13043 F
F F F
CI Cl CI .
t.µ>_...H H 40 HO - -N likW
rµ.._.H
* F F
F
CI
6_ _.
HO HO N
le * /
* -N
lik F .
* CI
F
.
Cl O
- N * /
. * F
F F F
HO --N = /
F ( 14Z) N. C.1----')-H
/
a =
*
a F
t,4 HO AD4-13053 F F
-N *lit HO N-*
F F
AD4-13048 F F *
AD4-13054 a a HO N.__ r.ii N Ilk ' . _ F¨C
/
F
F * CI
*
F
HO -L\_H HO N-/
-f= * / F
lig F
= F f \==1,11 F
F AD4-13056 F * Cl =
F 7 \ H HO N-__ I
F
F -N ak /
* F
F 1*
F F
AD4-13051 F F CH.
H = N- HO - CI-0-311 -N
/ F
F F lik CI
F * a AD4-13058 F
a_CS_H tilp F F / \ 114 HO N_ ¨N * / F N ¨ = /
F
F * F lio F
F
C1_ HO F- )¨fl \ tl HO*" -' , N
= ¨N . / F N-F *
AD4-13060 a F
F =CI AD4-13066 CA
HO N-- ci-0-11 =Aikli ...Ø_ H
1.7 F -N . I
. F *
. AD4-13067 F
CI
F F CH.
-N * /
F N- * F
F
F * CI AD4-13068 F
AD4-13062 F a F.F,e-}_tiN iõ.- H
L-----"-/ \
/ . =
F N
* . *
AD4-13069 a CI
F F HO N-\
F
F / \ H HO N--N * /
F N- * / F
* F * F
AD4-13064 a a AD4-13070 F
HO N¨
F¨N Mk / H = Aft F
2.-1 Ilp=
*
HC
F F a . ci ci Hac AD4-13076 Hip N--N * / cki_H HO N--N
CI itt CI H,C = a a AD4-13072 ci F
cH, 2_11H HO N-C C
. s H, N
. . 1-0-4 14 HO
HsC ip a a a . It a CH, H =
HO = H
s -Q-- * / b_H
-N *1 H,C =
a ci 111 a CH, CH, HHO
u HO* N-2 _ xr-N
).11 a F CI CI
ais Q.., H =
11 -,..
2-41 c=p4 H
H,C H,C
CA
=
AD4-13075 a AD4-13081 ci CI
. =
WO 2012/012653 PCT/US2011/044882 "
at H Ho HO -=N1-- lik / CI-0-H
-N * /
KC *
_ lik CI
CI CI .
AD4-13080 ci H= -ci-0-1 H,C
= a -N lir /
CI CI 41, a =
cii, AD4-13087 .
HO -r\-11 >=F; * i _(H HO N-CI
N * /
H,C *
CI
CI * CI
AD4-13082 =
F
/
2, -11== - CH, . / HO N-n-144 lip H,C
r=N
*4 a CI
H,C CI
CI
AD4-13083 AD4-13089 41, CI
CH, CH, H = HO -H
e."--H
2-4 N *
= .:--4 e /
H,C
. CI H,C *
CI=
CI
HO N-2¨til -N Alk. / a_0_,, _H HO N-H,C F
F * F F
CFr F
...
H,C
ts_li HO -, F
F * F
F-04 .. ' F.....3 r -N
AD4-13092 a 1, Ho N_ AD4-13098 a ¨ N
F F-(---- HO
-- H
. a F..... j F
F
eH HO N- CH4 Oi -N H HO N--/
a 41 ' *
AD4-13100 4, a CH, HO N-O_H
a HO
-Ct "11 .111 N-F * /
= ip CI F 11 F
HiC Clia F F
b_ri HO *
-N
* F-0--11 HO
* F -N * 1 F * a Ho -N
* a * a a AD4-13103 AD4-13097 a =
HO -F--(... --II *1 HO -F-0-11 ¨N
AD4-13104 * I AD4-13110 CI
H, HO N_0 1-13b-13 C ¨N * 1 F CI 1, CI
F * F
H,C --ii HO N-)-4 ¨
HO N- F
a -N * 1 F
* * CI
H,C F-0-11 HO N-HO -N
*1 lik 1 -N
* CI ci F
HC
H = N.- F-6--11 H = N--N e i N
¨ * 1 * C, F F
AD443108 FisC
HO N- F -6- ii HO N¨
C1-0-Pi -N = 1 -N * 1 CI * CI
Mk CI .
HO
* CI
cilisi \
*-2-H HO
AD4-13116 .
a *HC
Ho N-... AD4-13122 ci -N le / H,C\
F HO -AD4-13117 CI * /
H3C * ci HO CI
) - N
CI * CI CI-0-14 H
-N Mk /
F
CH., F
F
-N * / HaC
N-* F-6-11 HO
N
- * /
AD4-13119 a a a HO _ AD4-13125 le* a ' CI F-04II HO - =
.0 CI
AD4-13120 * ci CI
HC
HO - IV
-N * / F-0-144 HO -* 1 *
*
F
AD4-13121 F F AD4-13127 a a F
-44 * /
F
HC
N- * CI
HO
N
- * /
1._.c....c...11:
CI HO N
* -C
AD4-13128 / \ H
N * /
H,C
HO N-* a a- /-b---H
-N * / AD4-13134 * CH, AD4-13129 F ct.....04 HO
N...-F F
CH, * /
F
H = N--N * / AD4-13135 . CI
. CI HiC
AD4-13130 .
CI HO N-a¨b¨II
CH, HO - F
F 10, F
ci * F
AD4-13131 CH, CI C1-6-11 H = N--N * /
-N * 1 CI . CI
CI
F
F
-CI
F
* CI
AD4-13133 . = CI AD4-13138 =
F
H = N-HO /
ci_CS_H 14-F F
F
H,tC
HO - d_ F_r4 HO -* /
-N
-N *1 * CI
F
* ' a AD4-13146 F
CH, HC HO N- =
HO N-____L-)_.
CI H
-0--õ
* C
* CI I
CI
CH, H,C
HO -_Cc_H
ci_ts>___H HO
\ N A-Alt CI
-N
W
a a 'CI * a F
HC
HO N- HO N-CI
-OA 0-6¨il -N * / -N * /
100 CI * a F F
HO N--N * / C1-0--11 /4* N-"1 -N =' ".
.
F F
H,C\
HO N-CI *
_kD4-13157 CI
a ,---% H = N__ 1--Ni- sk / HsC
HO N_ CI N = /
-N
a CI Ilk CI
.._ ...;-"=\......142 H HO N-Ci f N
- * / HO N-I* CI - N
*
HO H3c a¨O¨P4 -N * /
CI
* - N 1, /
CI * CI
HO N_ F H
HO N- Cl-1 "-11 _Cc N . /
Cu - N 1, /
-N
Hs * CI
lik F
-U - N ilik /
- N lek .
CI * 1 CI
F
F , HO F
CI ' / F_{-4..._ H HO N--N .
F -N * /
F * F
lik F i x lii HO N- F
F
F - N * / F_cc...H HO
N-Ilk -N N . /
F it F
F i \ H HO N-F HO N-F -N * 1 F -6441 . CI
lik CI
H,C
HO N.-F
F_(= 1 j* 40.
-N * / HO N-, le N
CI
AD4-13166 CI CI .
CI
CH, , HO N.- CI
ci-0-11 -N . / a_b_ki HO
' CI * CI
AD4-13167 CI lik CI CI
¨6¨H HO N- HO N-a -N * / 6 -N lik /
* ' 'CI
CI a CI
HO N.-Cl-b-H
CI 4.0 CI
a CI__ HO N-AN /-13179 N *
-N
CI / \ CI
)__\rII * CI
HO N- ' = / AN-13185 F
-----"I
11,C
CI 111 CI/ \ H HO ¨
CI----)--N * /
/
AD4-13180 CI ¨N
F .
Me OH
F HO N. -6-1411 AN-131E6 CI
CI
=
F
HO - CI
-N * / Cl-b-H HO
/
Mik -N
* *
AD4-13188 Ci F CI
HO N- ____b_H HO
F-d-H CI
* CI C.
AD4-13183 . CI
HO N- CH, / ci-CS-LI HO N--N * -N 1* /
*
CI F
AD4-13184 F F 2W4-13193 Me OH
ci ci H
HO HO N¨
N *
___tx.....h CI = ' N * / cl-N * /
= ¨
* .OMe Me OMe AD4-13191 Me0 OH AD4-13197 CH, H,C F C 44110 H HO N¨
HO N_ /
*
CI N e /
¨N * CI
. CI F
HC F
CH, HO N¨
HOCI
. / ¨441 ___6....H . 1 CI
¨N ¨N 0 * 'CI
CI
AD4-13193 Me0 OMe AD4-13199 H,C
CH, - CH, HO N¨
-N 1, / 0-0¨ I
¨N * /
, * * CI
AD4-13194 Me0 OMe a cl CH, HO N¨
_b_H h HO N¨
CI N 4110, ¨N lik 1 * 11 CI=
AD4-13195 Me0 OMe CI
H,C
HO CI
¨N * / CI
¨0-11 HO
= 1 * OMe Me *
Me0 OMe CH.
H,C F. HO N-HO ci_CS_H
-N
. let OMe AD4-13208 Me0 OMe AD4-13203 Me0 OH
HO N 140 N¨
H -.- Cl¨e --"
a . N *
/ >=N lik /
"C CI Ilik CI
CI
H,C CI
-*II HO N¨
/
H HO N-*
CI 4 N =/ -N
H,C . Me 'CI
AD4-13210 Me OMe F CI
HO ¨
Cl_...Ø_ I
Cl HO N- -N
0--1-41 * /
ci¨ / H3C li k Hsc *ci = AD4-13211 .CI
AD4-13206 Cl 0HO N¨
H,C CI
¨¨ii H HO N¨. ¨N
CI = N
_____________ * / lik CI CI
* AD4-13212 CI =
CI CI CI
HO
CH, CI4 N¨ ¨N
H HO
¨N 4. 1 H2C *
Cl Cl * = Me CI
AD4-13208 Me0 OMe AD443213 OMe a C1-6-91 HO N_ HO N--N 11, / CI--0-311 ¨N * i .
. OMe H3CCI * CI
Me OMe OMe H,C HO N¨
H
/ HO
CI ¨N"
a 1, CI
* ci a AD4-13221 .
CH, F
Mile HO ci___.--= \S_H
HO ¨N
CP¨C-5444 ¨N */
Ci *CI
H,dC ci HO N¨ ci--011 HO N--ci--H
* /
¨N
¨N * / HõCci =
I. CI
CI
AD4-13217 CI AD4-13223 .
CH, CH, CI
HO N¨
H
HO N¨ Cl¨t";"--* Cl *
CI CI F , A1)4-1.5218 AD4-13224 CH, 143 No N¨ HO
ci--¨H
a-C-ii- \
¨N * /
* OW
*
hie0 Mae CI
-_ Ha CH, == ci_d_u HO -43_8_H H
* /
. *a F
=
AN-132.26 AN-13229 Ha HON__ HO -H--0--; \*II
C * CI
CI F
OMe CI
-O-U HO N__ 9 N
CI a-C1- I
-N * / - * / .
CI Ilk CI * CI
CI CI
HO
HO N-C N-- n_u 11 . ' 1 1=N
H3C .
01/ CI .
F
AD4-10484 ci AD4-10628 F F
HO
HO N-O N A / \ b-il S
S \
AD4-10315 AD4-10963 -., cH, [0062] In some embodiments, the compound(s) of Formula (2) excludes compound AD4-1505, Formula (1).
[0063] In some embodiments, the compound(s) of Formula (2) excludes one or more of the following compounds:
=
(sr NH OH *
to NH OH
NH OH
=
ci F3c 40 0 io NH OHI NH OH rx, NH OH
tk( ,and N-[0064] In some embodiments, for example methods of therapeutic treatment, the compound(s) of Formula (2) can include one or more of the above compounds.
[0065] Type B AD4-1505-like compounds.
[0066] An MDM2 inhibitor can be a compound according to Formula 10 (a Type B
AD4-1505-like compound) as follows:
OH HNy0 R21 Formula (10).
[0067] In the above structure, X1 and R2 of Formula (10) are defined as above for structural sub-class Type A, Formula (2).
[0068] R21 of Formula (10) can represent:
[0069] a lower alkyl group with one to 6 carbons (C-1 to C-6), straight chain, branched, or optionally containing unsaturation, cycloalkyl defined as five or six aliphatic ring (C-1 to C-6) optionally containing unsaturation;
[0070] an unsubstituted Phenyl ring or a Phenyl ring substituted at the 2-, 3-, 4-, 5-or 6-position with one or more of the following groups: lower alkyl defined as C-1 to C-4, straight chain, branched, or optionally containing unsaturation, cycloalkyl defined as C-1 to C-6 optionally containing unsaturation, Aryl including phenyl or heteroaryl containing from 1 to 4 N, 0, or S atoms, Alkoxy (-0R1 where R1 is defined as a lower alkyl group or cycloalkyl.group as in the above definition), 2,3-Mthylenedioxy or 3,4-Methylenedioxy group, Dialkylamino (-NR13R14, where R13 and R14 are independently selected from a Hydrogen atom or lower alkyl group as previously described); Trifluoromethyl, Trifluoromethoxy, Difluoromethoxy, 3, 4-methylenedioxy, 2, 3-methylenedioxy, Nitro or Halogen (F, Cl, Br, I);
[0071] an unsubstituted 2-Pyridyl ring or a 2-Pyridyl ring substituted at the 4-or 6-position of the pyridine ring with one or more of the following groups: lower alkyl group as defined above, cycloalkyl group as defined above;
[0072] an unsubstituted 3-Pyridyl ring or a 3-Pyridyl ring substituted at the 2-, 4- or 6-position of the pyridine ring with one or more of the following groups:
lower alkyl group as defined above, cycloalkyl group as defined above;
[0073] an unsubstituted 4-Pyridyl ring or a 4-Pyridyl ring substituted at the 2-or 6-position of the pyridine ring with one or more of the following groups: lower alkyl group as defined above, cycloalkyl group as defined above; or [0074] a heteroaryl five or six membered ring containing from 1 to 4 N, 0, or S
atoms.
[0075] In some embodiments, the compound(s) are the enantiomeric isomers of Formula (10).
[0076] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (10) is AD4-10950.
CH, S
[0077] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (10) is AD4-10960.
H HO N-S
AD4-10960.
[0078] In some embodiments, the compound(s) of Formula (10) excludes compound AD4-1505, Formula (1).
[0078] Type C AD4-1505-like [0080] An MDM2 inhibitor can be a compound according to Formula 11 (a Type C
AD4-1505-like compound) as follows:
Ski Ft2 OH HN y0 =
R22 Formula (11).
[0081] In the above structure, X1 and R2 of Formula (11) are defined as above for structural sub-class Type A, Formula (2).
[0082] R22 of Formula (11) can represent a lower alkyl group with one to 6 carbons (C-1 to C-6), straight chain, branched, optionally containing unsaturation, or substitution at the C-1 or C-2 carbons with one or more of the following substituents: an unsubstituted Phenyl ring or a Phenyl ring substituted at the 2-, 3-, 4-, 5- or 6-position with one or more of the following groups: lower alkyl defined as C-1 to C-4, straight chain, branched, or optionally containing unsaturation, cycloalkyl defined as C-1 to C-6 optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom, Heteroaryl containing from 1 to 4 N, 0, or S
atoms, hydroxyl (-OH), Alkoxy (-0R1 where R1 is defined as a lower alkyl group or cycloalkyl group as in the above definition), Dialkylamino (-NR13R14, where R13 and R14 are independently selected from a Hydrogen atom or lower alkyl group as previously described); Trifluoromethyl, Trifluoromethoxy, Difluoromethoxy, or Halogen (F, Cl, Br, l).
[0083] A cycloalkyl is defined as five or six aliphatic ring (C-1 to C-6) optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom.
[0084] In some embodiments, the compound(s) are the enantiomeric isomers of Formula (11).
[0085] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (11) is AD4-10535.
H3C--\
-) HO N-N = /
[0086] In some embodiments, the compound(s) of Formula (11) excludes compound AD4-1505, Formula (1).
[0087] Structure and Function.
[0088] An MDM2 inhibitor compound described herein can have structural features associated with one or more desired functions,=such as stability, antiproliferative activity, or apoptotic activity.
[0089] It has been found that groups at the 5-position of the aminopyridine of compounds described herein provide analogs having increased stability (e.g., more stable toward liver microsome incubation). In some embodiments, a compound substituted at the 5-position of the aminopyridine can exhibit increased stability. For example, AD4-13053 and AD4-13041 (both having a chlorine atom at the 5-position of the aminopyridine) show increased stability over AD4-10628. In some embodiments, a compound substituted with a chlorine atom at the 5-position of the aminopyridine can exhibit increased stability increases stability.
[0090] It has been found that combinations of halogens and alkyl groups on the aminopyridine ring of compounds described herein provide compounds with increased antiproliferative activity. In some embodiments, a compound with the following aminopyridine ring substitutions provide increased antiproliferative activity:
3,5-diF; 3-F,5-CL,6-Me; 3-F,5-CI,6-Me; 3-F,5-CI,4-Et; and 3,5-diF,4-Me. In some embodiments, a compound with the following aminopyridine ring substitutions provide further increased antiproliferative activity: 3-Et,5-Cl; 3,5-diCI,6-Me; 3-F,5-CI,4-Me; and 5-CF3. In some = embodiments, a compound with the following aminopyridine ring substitutions provide even further increased antiproliferative activity: 3-Me,5-Cl; 3,5-diCI; 4-Me,5-Cl; and 4,5-diCI.
[0091] It has been found that a chloro group at the 5-position of the aminopyridine ring and additional chloro or methyl groups at the 3- or 4-positions on the aminopyridine ring of compounds described herein provide compounds with increased apoptotic activity.
In some embodiments, a compound with the following aminopyridine ring substitutions provide increased apoptotic activity: 3-Me,5-Cl; 3-F,5-CI,4-Me; 4,5-diCI; and 3,5-diCI.
[0092] It has been found that groups at the 2-and 4-position of the benzene ring of compounds described herein provide analogs having increased stability (e.g., more stable toward liver microsome incubation). In some embodiments, a compound substituted at the 2- and 4-position of the benzene ring of compounds can exhibit increased stability.
For example, AD4-13041, AD4-13042, AD4-13165, and AD4-13206 show increased stability. In some embodiments, a compound substituted with a halogen atom at the 2- or 4-position of the benzene ring of the aminopyridine can exhibit increased stability increases stability. For example, a compound substituted with a chlorine atom at the 2-and 4-position of the benzene ring of the aminopyridine can exhibit increased stability increases stability. As another example, a compound substituted with a fluorine atom at the 2- and 4-position of the benzene ring of the aminopyridine can exhibit increased stability increases stability. As another example, a compound substituted with a trifluoromethyl at the 4-position or a fluorine atom at the 2-position and a trifluoromethyl at the 4-position of the benzene ring of the aminopyridine can exhibit increased stability increases stability.
[0093] It has been found that combinations of halogens and trifluoromethyl groups on the benzene ring of compounds described herein provide compounds with increased antiproliferative activity. In some embodiments, a compound with the following benzene ring substitutions provide increased antiproliferative activity: 4-Cl; 2-F,4-CF3; and 3-F,4-Cl. In some embodiments, a compound with the following benzene ring substitutions provide further increased antiproliferative activity: 2-F,4-Cl; 2,3-diCI; and 2,3,5-triCI. In some embodiments, a compound with the following benzene ring substitutions provide even further increased antiproliferative activity: 2,4-did; 3,4-diCI; and 3,5-diCI.
(0094] It has been found that a chloro group at the 4-position of the benzene ring and additional chloro or fluoro groups at the 2- or 3-positions on the benzene ring of compounds described herein provide compounds with increased apoptotic activity. In some embodiments, a compound with the following benzene ring substitutions provide increased apoptotic activity: 2,4-diCI (see e.g., AD4-13130, AD4-13178); and 2-CI,4-F
(see e.g., AD4-13185).
[0095] Synthesis.
[0096] Synthesis of the above described compounds can be as described in U.S.
Application Serial No. 12/986,146 and WO 2011/085126. In brief, an AD4-1505-like compound can be synthesized by reacting an amino pyridine intermediate compound, an aldehyde intermediate compound and a hydroxyquinoline, as further described in U.S.
Application Serial No. 12/986,146 and WO 2011/085126. In some embodiments, the reaction can include combining the amino pyridine intermediate compound, the aldehyde intermediate compound and the hydroxyquinoline in ethanol (e.g., absolute ethanol).
[0097] In some embodiments, the MDM2 inhibitor is selected from one or more of the following compounds:
[0098]
HO N¨
*
CI
C
[0099] H3 AD4-10953;
OH
=OMe OH HN N
[0100] CH3AD4-1505;
=
___________________ HO N¨
. /
N¨
H3C * Cl-I3 CI
[0101] AD4-10944;
H3c HO N-¨N = /
S
\
[0102] CH3 AD4-10963;
HO N_ *[0103] CI AD4-10482;
HO N__ ¨11 = /
H3C *
F
(0104] F F AD4-10483;
HO 1,1_ N¨ * /
*
F
(0105] F F AD4-10942;
HO N_ = NIH3C . CH3 CI
[0106] AD4-10944;
HO N-2=/1 -N
H3C *
[0107] F F AD4-10628;
H C N N N
3 so y [0108] CH3 AD4-11511;
HO N--N =
CI
[0109] CI AD4-13178;
HO N--14 *
[0110] CI AD4-13130;
F F HO N-F -N
'CI
[0111]CI AD4-13165;
CH, NNH OH
[0112]CI AD4-13225;
N NH =H
[0113] AD4-13229; and HO N--N
F F
FF>c0 [0114] AD4-13243.
CHEMICAL DEFINITIONS
[0115] The expression "alkyl", unless specifically limited, denotes a C112 alkyl group, suitably a C1_6 alkyl group, e.g. C1-4 alkyl group. Alkyl groups may be straight chain or branched. Suitable alkyl groups include, for example, methyl, ethyl, propyl (e.g. n-propyl and isopropyl), butyl (e.g. n-butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl and tert-butyl), pentyl (e.g. n-pentyl), hexyl (e.g. n-hexyl), heptyl (e.g. n-heptyl) and octyl (e.g. n-Octy1). The expression "alk", for example in the expressions "alkoxy", "haloalkyl" and "thioalkyr should be interpreted in accordance with the definition of "alkyl". Exemplary alkoxy groups include methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy (e.g. n-propoxy), butoxy (e.g. n-butoxy), pentoxy (e.g. n-pentoxy), hexoxy (e.g. n-hexoxy), heptoxy (e.g. n-heptoxy) and octoxy (e.g. n-octoxy).
[0116] The expression "cycloalkyl", unless specifically limited, denotes a C3_10 cycloalkyl group (i.e., 3 to 10 ring carbon atoms), more suitably a C3_8 cycloalkyl group, for example, a C3_6 cycloalkyl group. Exemplary cycloalkyl groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl and cyclooctyl. A preferred number of ring carbon atoms is three to six.
[0117] The expression "aryr, unless specifically limited, denotes a C8-12 aryl group, suitably a C6.10 aryl group, more suitably a C6_6 aryl group. Aryl groups will contain at least one aromatic ring (e.g. one, two or three rings). An example of a typical aryl group with one aromatic ring is phenyl. An example of a typical aryl group with two aromatic rings is naphthyl.
[0118] The expression "heteroaryl", unless specifically limited, denotes an aryl residue, wherein one or more (e.g., 1, 2, 3, or 4, suitably 1, 2 or 3) ring atoms are replaced by heteroatoms selected from N, S and 0, or else a 5-membered aromatic ring containing one or more (e.g., 1, 2, 3, or 4, suitably 1, 2 or 3) ring atoms selected from N, Sand 0.
Exemplary monocyclic heteroaryl groups having one heteroatom include: five membered rings (e.g., pyrrole, furan, thiophene); and six membered rings (e.g., pyridine, such as pyridin-2-yl, pyridin-3-yland pyridin-4-y1). Exemplary monocyclic heteroaryl groups having two heteroatoms include: five membered rings (e.g., pyrazole, oxazole, isoxazole, thiazole, isothiazole, imidazole, such as imidazol-1-yl, imidazol-2-ylimidazol-4-y1); six membered rings (e.g., pyridazine, pyrimidine, pyrazine). Exemplary monocyclic heteroaryl groups having three heteroatoms include: 1,2,3-triazole and 1,2,4-triazole.
Exemplary monocyclic heteroaryl groups having four heteroatoms include tetrazole.
Exemplary bicyclic heteroaryl groups include: indole (e.g., indO1-6-y1), benzofuran, benzthiophene, quinoline, isoquinoline, indazole, benzimidazole, benzthiazole, quinazoline and purine.
[0119] A saturated group is generally understood as having no double or triple bonds. For example, in a saturated linear hydrocarbon, each carbon atom is attached to two hydrogen atoms, except those at the ends of the chain, which bear three hydrogen =
atoms. For example, an unsaturated hydrocarbon is generally understood as a carbon structure containing one or more double or triple bonds.
[0120] The term "halogen" or "halo" includes fluorine (F), chlorine (Cl) bromine (Br) or iodine (I).
[0121] The term "amino" refers to the group -NIF12.
[0122] All possible stereoisomers of the claimed compounds are included in the present disclosure. Where a compound described herein has at least one chiral center, it may accordingly exist as enantiomers. Where a compound possess two or more chiral centers it may additionally exist as diastereomers. It is to be understood that all such isomers and mixtures thereof are encompassed within the scope of the present disclosure.
[0123] In view of the close relationship between the free compounds and the compounds in the form of their salts, whenever a compound is referred to in this context, a corresponding salt is also intended, provided such is possible or appropriate under the circumstances. The pharmaceutically acceptable salt can take a form in which a basic side chain is protonated with an inorganic or organic acid. Representative organic or =
inorganic acids include hydrochloric, hydrobromic, perchloric, sulfuric, nitric, phosphoric, acetic, propionic, glycolic, lactic, succinic, maleic, fumaric, malic, tartaric, citric, benzoic, mandelic, methanesulfonic, hydroxyethanesulfonic, benzenesulfonic, oxalic, pamoic, 2-naphthalenesulfonic, p-toluenesulfonic, cyclohexanesulfamic, salicylic, saccharinic or trifluoroacetic acid. Alternatively it may take the form in which an acidic side chain forms a salt with a metal ion (e.g., sodium, potassium ions and the like) or other positive ion such as ammonium. All pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salt forms of the compounds described herein are intended to be embraced by the scope of this disclosure.
[0124] Some of the crystalline forms of the compounds may exist in more than one polymorphic form and as such all forms are intended to be included in the present disclosure. In addition, some of the compounds may form solvates with water (i.e., hydrates) or common organic solvents, and such solvates are also intended to be encompassed within the scope of this disclosure. The compounds, including their salts, can also be obtained in the form of their hydrates, or include other solvents used for their crystallization.
[0125] The present disclosure further includes within its scope prodrugs of the compounds described herein. In general, such prodrugs will be functional derivatives of the compounds which are readily convertible in vivo into the desired therapeutically active compound. Thus, in these cases, the methods of treatment of the present invention, the term "administering" shall encompass the treatment of the various disorders described with prodrug versions of one or more of the claimed compounds, but which converts to the above specified compound in vivo after administration to the subject.
[0126] As used herein, the term "composition" is intended to encompass a product comprising a claimed compound(s) in a therapeutically effective amount, as well as any product which results, directly or indirectly, from combinations of the claimed compounds.
EGFR INHIBITOR
[0127] As shown herein, administration of an EGFR inhibitor in combination with an MDM2 inhibitors can result in synergistic inhibition proliferation or increased death of cancer cells. An EGFR inhibitor can be an anti-proliferative or pro-apoptotic compound.
An EGFR inhibitor can be selected so as to show a synergistic anti-proliferative or pro-apoptotic effect when co-administered with an MDM2 inhibitor (e.g., an inhibitor of p53 and MDM2 binding). Quantitative methods (e.g., protein phosphorylation detection) are known in the art to identify EGFR inhibitors and determine specificity and efficacy thereof (see e.g., Olive 2004 Expert Rev Proteomics 1(3), 327-341).
[0128] An EGFR inhibitor can be a monoclonal antibody, such cetuximab (tradename Erbitux, IMC-C225); panitumumab (tradename Vectibix, INN, ABX-EGF);
nimotuzumab (tradenames BIOMab EGFR, Theracim, Theraloc, CIMAher); zalutumumab (proposed tradename HuMax-EGFr); or matuzumab (formerly EMD 7200). Erbitux is a humanized monoclonal antibody that binds to an extracellular epitope on EGFR.
Erbitux blocks activation of the receptor by preventing both ligand binding and receptor dimerization. An EGFR inhibitor can be a protein, such as potato carboxypeptidase inhibitor (PCI).
[0129] An EGFR inhibitor can be a small molecule inhibitor, such as gefitinib (tradename Iressa, N-(3-chloro-4-fluoro-phenyl)-7-rnethoxy-6-(3-morpholin-4-ylpropoxy)quinazolin-4-amine); lapatinib (tradename Tykerb, N43-chloro-4-[(3-fluorophenyl)methoxy]pheny1]-645-[(2-ethylsulfonylethylamino)methyl]-2-furyliquinazolin-4-amine); erlotinib (tradename Tarceva, N-(3-ethynylphenyI)-6,7-bis(2-methoxyethoxy)quinazolin-4-amine). Tykerb, Iressa, and Tarceva are kinase inhibitors that block EGFR tyrosine kinase activity.
[0130] In some embodiments, an EGFR inhibitor can be an selected from lapatinib (tradename Tykerb), gefitinib (tradename lressa), erlotinib (tradename Tarceva), or cetuximab (tradename Erbitux), or a combination thereof.
COMBINATION THERAPY
[0131] As shown herein, administration of MDM2 inhibitors in combination with EGFR inhibitor Tarceva can result in synergistic inhibition proliferation or increased death of cancer cells. Such a combinatorial therapeutic approach can overcome resistance to conventional EGFR inhibitors, which have been reported to occur in a significant number of patients.
[0132] An MDM2 inhibitor optionally used in combination with an EGFR
inhibitor, such as Tarceva, can provide treatment for patients with developed resistance.
Such therapy can treat a variety of cancers, including NSCLC, colon, pancreatic cancers and head and neck tumors, in patients where an EGFR inhibitor alone would not be effective.
[0133] Combinatorial treatment with an MDM2 inhibitor and an EGFR
inhibitor can result in a synergistic anti-cancer effect or can overcome developed resistance. Such combinatorial therapy is especially useful in a subject having an inactivating P53 mutation, as described further herein. Synergistic effects or overcoming developed resistance can allow lower doses, significantly reducing therapy cost in a substantial patient population.
FORMULATION
. [0134] Embodiments of the compositions of the invention include pharmaceutical formulations of the various compounds described herein.
[0135] The agents and compositions described herein can be formulated by any conventional manner using one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or excipients as described in, for example, Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences (A.R.
Gennaro, Ed.), 21st edition, ISBN: 0781746736 (2005).
Such formulations will contain a therapeutically effective amount of a biologically active agent(s) described herein, preferably in purified form, together with a suitable amount of carrier so as to provide the form for proper administration to the subject.
= [0136] The formulation should suit the mode of administration.
The agents of use with the current disclosure can be formulated by known methods for administration to a subject using several routes which include, but are not limited to, parenteral, pulmonary, oral, topical, intradermal, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intravenous, subcutaneous, intranasal, epidural, ophthalmic, buccal, and rectal. The individual agents may also be administered in combination with one or more additional agents or together with other biologically active or biologically inert agents. Such biologically active or inert agents may be in fluid or mechanical communication with the agent(s) or attached to the agent(s) by ionic, covalent, Van der Waals, hydrophobic, hydrophilic or other physical forces.
[0137] Controlled-release (or sustained-release) preparations may be formulated to extend the activity of the agent(s) and reduce dosage frequency. Controlled-release preparations can also be used to effect the time of onset of action or other characteristics, such as blood levels of the agent, and consequently affect the occurrence of side effects.
Controlled-release preparations may be designed to initially release an amount of an agent(s) that produces the desired therapeutic effect, and gradually and continually release other amounts of the agent to maintain the level of therapeutic effect over an extended period of time. In order to maintain a near-constant level of an agent in the body, the agent can be released from the dosage form at a rate that will replace the amount of agent being metabolized or excreted from the body. The controlled-release of an agent may be stimulated by various inducers, e.g., change in pH, change in temperature, enzymes, water, or other physiological conditions or molecules. =
[0138] Agents or compositions described herein can also be used in combination with other therapeutic modalities, as described further below. Thus, in addition to the therapies described herein, one may also provide to the subject other therapies known to be efficacious for treatment of the disease, disorder, or condition.
[0139] Another aspect provided herein is a process of treating a proliferative disease, disorder, or condition with an MDM2 inhibitor and an EGFR inhibitor.
Provided is a process of treating a proliferative disease, disorder, or condition in a subject in need administration of a therapeutically effective amount of an MDM2 inhibitor and an EGFR
inhibitor, so as to increase apoptosis or decrease proliferation of cancer cells, tumors, or tissue. In various embodiments, a proliferative disease, disorder, or condition is associated with EGFR, MDM2, or p53. The therapeutic method can include administration of a therapeutically effective amount of an MDM2 inhibitor and an EGFR
inhibitor, either as individual compositions or a jointly formulated composition.
[0140] An MDM2 inhibitor can be used with, or formulated with, known therapeutic compounds. Combination therapy is understood as a therapeutic regimen comprising, e.g., an MDM2 inhibitor described herein and a second agent. an MDM2 inhibitor and a second agent can be formulated for separate administration or may be formulated for administration together.
[0141] An MDM2 inhibitor can be combined with another anti-proliferative compound, such as the EGFR kinase inhibitors, Tykerb, Iressa, and Tarceva, or Erbitux, a humanized monoclonal antibody to the EGF receptor, to produce a greater therapeutic effect than either agent alone. As shown herein, when MDM2 inhibitors were evaluated in a cell proliferation assay with EGFR inhibitors, the effect of the combination of agents to inhibit cell proliferation was greater than the effect of any of the agents alone. Specifically, compounds described herein were evaluated with Tykerb, lressa, Tarceva or Erbitux at a fixed concentration ratio, which was ascertained from the results of dose-response curves of each agent alone.
[0142] An MDM2 inhibitor can be used or formulated with an EGFR inhibitor approved for treatment of an EGFR-related condition or disorder. For example, an MDM2 inhibitor can be used with or formulated with one or more of Tykerb, lressa, Tarceva,. or Erbitux. Tykerb, lressa, and Tarceva are kinase inhibitors that block EGFR
tyrosine kinase activity. Erbitux is a humanized monoclonal antibody that binds to an extracellular epitope on EGFR. Erbitux blocks activation of the receptor by preventing both ligand binding and receptor dimerization. Thus, an MDM2 inhibitor and known EGFR
inhibitors, such as those described above, can act in a complementary or synergistic fashion.
[0143] Methods described herein are generally performed on a subject in need thereof. For example, a subject in need of the therapeutic methods described herein can be diagnosed with a proliferative disease, disorder, or condition, or at risk thereof. As another example, a subject in need of the therapeutic methods described herein can be diagnosed with a disease, disorder, or condition associated with EGFR, MDM2, or p53, or at risk thereof.
[0144] As another example, a subject in need of the therapeutic methods described herein can have, be diagnosed with, thought to have, or suspected of having an inactivating mutation or deletion in. p53 (e.g., deletion or mutation of TP53 gene) (see Vassilev 2006 Trends in Molecular Medicine 13(1), 23-31). Determination of p53 status in tumor cells can be according to, for example, a DNA microarray-based p53 GeneChip (see Ahrendt et al. 1999 Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 96, 7382-7387).
[0145] As another example, a subject in need of the therapeutic methods described herein can have, be diagnosed with, thought to have, or suspected of having a defect in an upstream or a downstream component of the p53 pathway (see Vassilev 2006 Trends in Molecular Medicine 13(1), 23-31).
[0146] As another example, a subject in need of the therapeutic methods described herein can have, be diagnosed with, thought to have, or suspected of having aberrant MDM2 expression (see Vassilev 2006 Trends in Molecular Medicine 13(1), 23-31).
As a further example, a subject in need of the therapeutic methods described herein can have, be diagnosed with, thought to have, or suspected of having overexpression of the MDM2 gene or overexpression of MDM2 protein without gene amplification, which may suppress p53 function (see Vassilev 2006 Trends in Molecular Medicine 13(1), 23-31).
0147] As another example, a subject in need of the therapeutic methods described herein can have, be diagnosed with, thought to have, suspected of having, or be at risk for = a resistance to a conventional therapeutic treatment, such as treatment with an EGFR
inhibitor.
[03.48] A determination of the need for treatment can be assessed by a history and physical exam consistent with the disease, disorder, or condition at issue.
Diagnosis of the various conditions treatable by the methods described herein is within the skill of the art. The subject can be an animal subject, preferably a mammal, more preferably horses, cows, dogs, cats, sheep, pigs, mice, rats, monkeys, guinea pigs, and chickens, and most preferably a human.
[0149] Examples of proliferative diseases or conditions treatable with compositions described herein include, but are not limited to, cancer; blood vessel proliferative disorders; fibrotic disorders; mesangial cell proliferative disorders;
psoriasis; actinic keratoses; seborrheic keratoses; warts; keloid scars; eczema; and hyperproliferative diseases caused by virus infections, such as papilloma virus infection.
[0150] Various compounds described herein can be effective for inhibiting EGFR, and thus, effective against diseases or conditions associated with EGFR, including, but not limited to, proliferative diseases. In some embodiments, the proliferative disease treated by a compound described herein is a condition caused by excessive growth of cancer or non-cancer cells that express a member of the EGFR family of receptors. The excess cells generated by a proliferative disease can express EGFR at normal levels or can overexpress EGFR. Particularly suitable diseases or conditions associated with EGFR can be those stimulated by a ligand of EGFR or mutations of such ligands.
Examples of such ligands that stimulate EGFR include, but are not limited to, EGF, TGF-alpha, heparin-binding growth factor (HBGF),13-cellulin, and Cripto-1.
Examples of proliferative disease associated with EGFR include, but are not limited to, cancer; blood vessel proliferative disorders; fibrotic disorders; mesangial cell proliferative disorders;
psoriasis; actinic keratoses; seborrheic keratoses; warts; keloid scars;
etzema; and hyperproliferative diseases caused by virus infections, such as papilloma virus infection.
[0151] Cancer, or neoplasia, refers generally to any malignant neoplasm or spontaneous growth or proliferation of cells. A subject having "cancer", for example, may have a leukemia, lymphoma, or other malignancy of blood cells. In certain embodiments, the subject methods are used to treat a solid tumor. Exemplary solid tumors include but are not limited to non small cell lung cancer (NSCLC), testicular cancer, lung cancer, ovarian cancer, uterine cancer, cervical cancer, pancreatic cancer, colorectal cancer (CRC), breast cancer, as well as prostate, gastric, skin, stomach, esophageal, and bladder cancer.
[0152] Treatment of cancer or treating a subject having cancer can include inhibition of replication of cancer cells, inhibition of spread of cancer, reduction in tumor size, lessening or reducing the number of cancerous cells in the body of a subject, or amelioration or alleviation of symptoms of cancer. A treatment can be considered therapeutic if there is a decrease in mortality or morbidity, and can be performed prophylactically, or therapeutically.
[0153] Methods described herein can be used to treat (e.g., reduce tumor size, decrease the vascularization, and/or increase the permeability of) an established tumor.
An established tumor is generally understood as a solid tumor of sufficient size such that nutrients, e.g., oxygen, can no longer permeate to the center of the tumor from the subject's vasculature by osmosis and therefore the tumor requires its own vascular supply to receive nutrients. Methods described herein can be used to treat a solid tumor that is not quiescent and is actively undergoing exponential growth.
[0154] A therapeutic protocol can be modified according to permeability of a solid tumor. Permeability of a solid tumor generally refers to the permeability of a solid tumor to a therapeutic. A solid tumor may be said to be permeable to a therapeutic if the therapeutic is able to reach cells at the center of the tumor. An agent that increases the permeability of a tumor may for example, normalize, e.g., maintain, the vasculature of a solid tumor. Tumor vascularization or tumor permeability can be determined by a variety of methods known in the art, such as, e.g. by immunohistochemical analysis of biopsy specimens, or by imaging techniques, such as sonography of the tumor, computed tomography (CT) or magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) scans.
[0155] EGFR (Tuzi et al., 1991, Br. J. Cancer 63:227-233; Torp et al., 1992, APMIS
100:713-719) HER2/neu (Slamon et al., 1989, Science 244:707-712) and the PDGF-R
(Kumabe et al., 1992, Oncogene 7:627-633) are known to be overexpressed in many tumors and/or persistently activated by autocrine loops. Overexpression of the receptor and autocrine loops have been demonstrated in most common and severe cancers (see e.g., Akbasak and Suner-Akbasak et al., 1992, J. Neurol. Sci. 111:119-133;
Dickson et al., 1992, Cancer Treatment Res. 61:249-273; Korc et al., 1992, J. Clin. Invest.
90:1352-1360;
Lee and Donoghue, 1992, J. Cell. Biol. 118:1057-1070). Overexpression of EGFR
is known to be associated with cancers of the bladder, brain, head and neck, pancreas, lung, breast, ovary, colon, prostate, and kidney. (see e.g., Atalay et al., 2003, Ann. Oncology 14:1346-1363; Herbst and Shin, 2002, Cancer 94:1593-1611; Modjtahedi et al., 1996, Br.
J. Cancer 73:228-235). Overexpression of EGFR can be correlated or associated with poor prognosis of the patients (see e.g., Herbst and Shin, 2002, Cancer 94:1593-1611;
Modjtahedi et al., 1996, Br. J. Cancer 73:228-235). HER2 has been associated with breast, ovarian, gastric, lung, pancreas and bladder cancer.
[0156] An inhibitor compound described herein can be used therapeutically either as exogenous materials or as endogenous materials. Exogenous agents are those produced or manufactured outside of the body and administered to the body.
Endogenous agents are those produced or manufactured inside the body-by some type of device (biologic or other) for delivery to within or to other organs in the body.
[0157] According to the methods described herein, administration can be parenteral, pulmonary, oral, topical, intradermal, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intravenous, subcutaneous, intranasal, epidural, ophthalmic, buccal, or rectal administration.
[0158] When used in the treatments described herein, a therapeutically effective amount of and MDM2 inhibitor and an EGFR inhibitor can be employed in pure form or, where such forms exist, in pharmaceutically acceptable salt form and with or without a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. For example, the compounds of the present disclosure can be administered, at a reasonable benefit/risk ratio applicable to any medical treatment, in a sufficient amount to provide a sufficient therapeutic outcome, as described further herein.
[0159] An effective amount of a compound described herein is generally that which can exhibit an anti-proliferative effect to an extent such as to ameliorate the treated condition. For example, an effective amount of a compound described herein may inhibit MDM2 or EGFR to an extent such as to ameliorate the treated condition. In some embodiments, an effective amount is that amount of therapy (or combination therapy) that is sufficient to affect a desired result on a cancerous cell or tumor, including, but not limited to, for example, reducing tumor size, reducing tumor volume, decreasing vascularization of a solid tumor, or increasing the permeability of a solid tumor to an agent, either in vitro or in vivo. In certain embodiments, an effective amount of therapy (or combination therapy) is the amount that results in a percent tumor inhibition of more than about 55%, about 60%, about 65%, about 70%, about 75%, about 80%, about 85%, about 90%, about 95%, about 99%, or about 100%. In certain embodiments, an effective amount of therapy (or combination therapy) is sufficient to achieve a desired clinical result, including but not limited to, for example, ameliorating disease, stabilizing a subject, preventing or delaying the development of, or progression of cancer in a subject. An effective amount of therapy (or combination therapy) can be determined based on one administration or repeated administration. Methods of detection and measurement of the indicators above are known to those of skill in the art. Such methods include, but are not limited to measuring reduction in tumor burden, reduction of tumor size, reduction of tumor volume, reduction in proliferation of secondary tumors, decreased solid tumor vascularization, expression of genes in tumor tissue, presence of biomarkers, lymph node involvement, histologic grade, and nuclear grade.
[0160] In some embodiments, tumor burden can be determined. Tumor burden, also referred to as tumor load, generally refers to a total amount of tumor material distributed throughout the body of a subject. Tumor burden can refer to a total number of cancer cells or a total size of tumor(s), throughout the body, including lymph nodes and bone barrow. Tumor burden can be determined by a variety of methods known in the art, such as, for example, by measuring the dimensions of tumor(s) upon removal from the subject, e.g., using calipers, or while in the body using imaging techniques, e.g., ultrasound, computed tomography (CT) or magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) scans.
Tumor size can be determined, for example, by determining tumor weight or tumor volume.
[0161] The amount of a composition described herein that can be combined with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier to produce a single dosage form will vary depending upon the host treated and the particular mode of administration. It will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that the unit content of agent contained in an individual dose of each dosage form need not in itself constitute a therapeutically effective amount, as the necessary therapeutically effective amount could be reached by administration of a number of individual doses.
[0162] Toxicity and therapeutic efficacy of compositions described herein can be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell cultures or experimental animals for determining the LD50 (the dose lethal to 50% of the population) and the ED50, (the dose therapeutically effective in 50% of the population). The dose ratio between toxic =
and therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index that can be expressed as the ratio LD50/ED50, where large therapeutic indices are preferred.
[0163] The specific therapeutically effective dose level for any particular subject will depend upon a variety of factors including the disorder being treated and the severity of the disorder; activity of the specific compound employed; the specific composition employed; the age, body weight, general health, sex and diet of the patient;
the time of administration; the route of administration; the rate of excretion of the composition employed; the duration of the treatment; drugs used in combination or coincidental with the specific compound employed; and like factors well known in the medical arts (see e.g., Koda-Kimble et al. (2004) Applied Therapeutics: The Clinical Use of Drugs, Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, ISBN 0781748453; Winter (2003) Basic Clinical Pharmacokinetics, 4th ed., Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, ISBN 0781741475; Shame! (2004) Applied Biopharmaceutics & Pharmacokinetics, McGraw-Hill/Appleton & Lange, ISBN
0071375503). For example, it is well within the skill of the art to start doses of agents at levels lower than those required to achieve the desired therapeutic effect and to gradually increase the dosage until the desired effect is achieved. If desired, the effective daily dose may be divided into multiple doses for purposes of administration.
Consequently, single dose compositions may contain such amounts or submultiples thereof to make up the daily dose. It will be understood, however, that the total daily usage of the compounds and compositions of the present disclosure will be decided by an attending physician within the scope of sound medical judgment.
[0164] Administration of an MDM2 inhibitor or an EGFR inhibitor as described herein can occur as a single event, a periodic event, or over a time course of treatment.
For example, agents can be administered daily, weekly, bi-weekly, or monthly.
As another example, agents can be administered in multiple treatment sessions, such as 2 weeks on, 2 weeks off, and then repeated twice; or every 3rd day for 3 weeks. An MDM2 inhibitor and an EGFR inhibitor can have the same or different administration protocols.
One of =
ordinary skill will understand these regimes to be exemplary and could design other suitable periodic regimes. For treatment of acute conditions, the time course of treatment will usually be at least several days. Certain conditions could extend treatment from several days to several weeks. For example, treatment could extend over one week, two weeks, or three weeks. For more chronic conditions, treatment could extend from several weeks to several months or even a year or more.
[0165] Treatment in accord with the methods described herein can be performed prior to, concurrent with, or after conventional treatment modalities for a disease, disorder, or condition associated with a target biomolecule for which the compound is specific.
[0166] A combination of an MDM2 inhibitor and an EGFR inhibitor can be administered simultaneously or sequentially with another agent, such as an antibiotic, an antiinflammatory, or another agent. Simultaneous administration can occur through administration of separate compositions, each containing one or more of an inhibitor, an EGFR inhibitor, an antibiotic, an antiinflammatory, or another agent.
Simultaneous administration can occur through administration of one composition containing three or more of an MDM2 inhibitor, an EGFR inhibitor, an antibiotic, an antiinflammatory, or another agent. A combination of an MDM2 inhibitor and an EGFR
inhibitor can be administered sequentially with an antibiotic, an antiinflammatory, or another agent. For example, a combination of an MDM2 inhibitor and an EGFR
inhibitor can be administered before or after administration of an antibiotic, an antiinflammatory, or another agent.
ADMINISTRATION
[0167] Agents and compositions described herein can be administered according to methods described herein in a variety of means known to the art. The agents and composition can be used therapeutically either as exogenous materials or as endogenous materials. Exogenous agents are those produced or manufactured outside of the body and administered to the body. Endogenous agents are those produced or manufactured inside the body by some type of device (biologic or other) for delivery within or to other organs in the body.
[0168] As discussed above, administration can be parenteral, pulmonary, oral, topical, intradermal, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intravenous, subcutaneous, intranasal, epidural, ophthalmic, buccal, or rectal administration.
[0169] Agents and compositions described herein can be administered in a variety of methods well known in the arts. Administration can include, for example, methods involving oral ingestion, direct injection (e.g., systemic or stereotactic), implantation of cells engineered to secrete the factor of interest, drug-releasing biomaterials, polymer matrices, gels, permeable membranes, osmotic systems, multilayer coatings, microparticles, implantable matrix devices, mini-osmotic pumps, implantable pumps, injectable gels and hydrogels, liposomes, micelles (e.g., up to 30 gm), nanospheres (e.g., less than 1 gm), microspheres (e.g., 1-100 gm), reservoir devices, a combination of any of the above, or other suitable delivery vehicles to provide the desired release profile in varying proportions. Other methods of controlled-release delivery of agents or compositions will be , known to the skilled artisan and are within the scope of the present disclosure.
[0170] Delivery systems may include, for example, an infusion pump which may be used to administer the agent or composition in a manner similar to that used for delivering insulin or chemotherapy to specific organs or tumors. Typically, using such a system, an agent or composition is administered in combination with a biodegradable, biocompatible polymeric implant that releases the agent over a controlled period of time at a selected site. Examples of polymeric materials include polyanhydrides, polyorthoesters, polyglycolic acid, polylactic acid, polyethylene vinyl acetate, and copolymers and combinations thereof. In addition, a controlled release system can be placed in proximity of a therapeutic target, thus requiring only a fraction of a systemic dosage.
[0171] Agents can be encapsulated and administered in a variety of carrier delivery systems. Examples of carrier delivery systems include microspheres, hydrogels, polymeric implants, smart polymeric carriers, and liposomes (see generally, Uchegbu and Schatzlein, eds. (2006) Polymers in Drug Delivery, CRC, ISBN-10: 0849325331).
Carrier-based systems for molecular or biomolecular agent delivery can: provide for intracellular delivery; tailor biomolecule/agent release rates; increase the proportion of biomolecule that reaches its site of action; improve the transport of the drug to its site of action; allow colocalized deposition with other agents Or excipients; improve the stability of the agent in vivo; prolong the residence time of the agent at its site of action by reducing clearance;
decrease the nonspecific delivery of the agent to nontarget tissues; decrease irritation caused by the agent; decrease toxicity due to high initial doses of the agent;
alter the immunogenicity of the agent; decrease dosage frequency, improve taste of the product; or improve shelf life of the product.
SCREENING
(0172] Also provided are methods for screening for an MDM2 inhibitor for use in the combinatorial therapy described herein. Candidate substances for screening according to the methods described herein include, but are not limited to, fractions of tissues or cells, nucleic acids, polypeptides, siRNAs, antisense molecules, aptamers, ribozymes, triple helix compounds, antibodies, and small (e.g., less than about 2000 mw, or less than about 1000 mw, or less than about 800 mw) organic molecules or inorganic molecules including but not limited to salts or metals.
[0173] Candidate molecules encompass numerous chemical classes, for example, organic molecules, such as small organic compounds having a molecular weight of more than 50 and less than about 2,500 Da!tons. Candidate molecules can comprise functional groups necessary for structural interaction with proteins, particularly hydrogen bonding, and typically include at least an amine, carbonyl, hydroxyl or carboxyl group, and usually at least two of the functional chemical groups. The candidate molecules can comprise cyclical carbon or heterocyclic structures and/or aromatic or polyaromatic structures substituted with one or more of the above functional groups.
[0174] A candidate molecule can be a compound in a library database of compounds. One of skill in the art will be generally familiar with, for example, numerous databases for commercially available compounds for screening (see e.g., ZINC
database, UCSF, with 2.7 million compounds over 12 distinct subsets of molecules; Irwin and Shoichet (2005) J Chem Inf Model 45, 177-182). One of skill in the art will also be familiar with a variety of search engines to identify commercial sources or desirable compounds " and classes of compounds for further testing (see e.g., ZINC database;
eMolecules.com;
and electronic libraries of commercial compounds provided by vendors, for example:
ChemBridge, Princeton BioMolecular, Ambinter SARL, Enamine, ASDI, Life Chemicals etc).
[01751 Candidate molecules for screening according to the methods described herein include both lead-like compounds and drug-like compounds. A lead-like compound is generally understood to have a relatively smaller scaffold-like structure (e.g., molecular weight of about 150 to about 350 kD) with relatively fewer features (e.g., less than about 3 hydrogen donors and/or less than about 6 hydrogen acceptors; hydrophobicity character xlogP of about -2 to about 4) (see e.g., Angewante (1999) Chemie In ed. Engl.
24, 3943-3948). In contrast, a drug-like compound is generally understood to have a relatively larger scaffold (e.g., molecular weight of about 150 to about 500 kD) with relatively more numerous features (e.g., less than about 10 hydrogen acceptors and/or less than about 8 rotatable bonds; hydrophobicity character xlogP of less than about 5) (see e.g., Lipinski (2000) J. Pharm. Tox. Methods 44, 235-249). Preferably, initial screening is performed with lead-like compounds.
[0176] When designing a lead from spatial orientation data, it can be useful to understand that certain molecular structures are characterized as being "drug-like". Such characterization can be based on a set of empirically recognized qualities derived by comparing similarities across the breadth of known drugs within the pharmacopoeia. While it is not required for drugs to meet all, or even any, of these characterizations, it is far more likely for a drug candidate to meet with clinical successful if it is drug-like.
[0177] Several of these "drug-like" characteristics have been summarized into the four rules of Lipinski (generally known as the "rules of fives" because of the prevalence of the number 5 among them). While these rules generally relate to oral absorption and are used to predict bioavailability of compound during lead optimization, they can serve as effective guidelines for constructing a lead molecule during rational drug design efforts such as may be accomplished by using the methods of the present disclosure.
[0178] The four "rules of five" state that a candidate drug-like compound should have at least three of the following characteristics: (i) a weight less than 500 Da!tons; (ii) a log of P less than 5; (iii) no more than 5 hydrogen bond donors (expressed as the sum of OH and NH groups); and (iv) no more than 10 hydrogen bond acceptors (the sum of N
and 0 atoms). Also, drug-like molecules typically have a span (breadth) of between about 8A to about 15A.
KITS
[0179] Also provided are kits. Such kits can include the compositions of the present invention and, in certain embodiments, instructions for administration. Such kits can facilitate performance of the methods described herein, for example, treatment methodologies or screening methodologies. When supplied as a kit, the different components of the composition can be packaged in separate containers and admixed immediately before use. Components include, but are not limited to one or more compounds described herein, vectors, diagnostic reagents, assay reagents, and/or combinations thereof. Such packaging of the components separately can, if desired, be presented in a pack or dispenser device which may contain one or more unit dosage forms containing the composition. The pack may, for example, comprise metal or plastic foil such as a blister pack. Such packaging of the components separately can also, in certain instances, permit long-term storage without losing activity of the components.
[0180] Kits may also include reagents in separate containers such as, for example, sterile water or saline to be added to a lyophilized active component packaged separately.
For example, sealed glass ampules may contain a lyophilized component and in a separate ampule, sterile water, or sterile saline, each of which has been packaged under a neutral non-reacting gas, such as nitrogen. Ampules may consist of any suitable material, such as glass, organic polymers, such as polycarbonate, polystyrene, ceramic, metal or any other material typically employed to hold reagents. Other examples of suitable containers include bottles that may be fabricated from similar substances as ampules, and envelopes that may consist of foil-lined interiors, such as aluminum or an alloy. Other containers include test tubes, vials, flasks, bottles, syringes, and the like.
Containers may have a sterile access port, such as a bottle having a stopper that can be pierced by a hypodermic injection needle. Other containers may have two compartments that are separated by a readily removable membrane that upon removal permits the components to mix. Removable membranes may be glass, plastic, rubber, and the like.
[0181] In certain embodiments, kits can be supplied with instructional materials.
Instructions may be printed on paper or other substrate, and/or may be supplied as an electronic-readable medium, such as a floppy disc, mini-CD-ROM, CD-ROM, DVD-ROM, Zip disc, videotape, audio tape, and the like. Detailed instructions may not be physically associated with the kit; instead, a user may be directed to an Internet web site specified by the manufacturer or distributor of the kit.
[0182] Compositions and methods described herein utilizing molecular biology protocols can be according to a variety of standard techniques known to the art (see, e.g., Sambrook and Russel (2006) Condensed Protocols from Molecular Cloning: A
Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, ISBN-10: 0879697717; Ausubel et al.
(2002) Short Protocols in Molecular Biology, 5th ed., Current Protocols, ISBN-
[0043] It has been found that where R1 is a 2-pyridyl ring of Formula (3) and R24 is chloro or R23 is methyl, the resulting compound can exhibit increased stability.
[0044] It has been found that where R1 is a 2-pyridyl ring of Formula (3) having combinations of substituted halogens and alkyl groups, the resulting compound can exhibit increased antiproliferative activity. For example, where R1 is a 2-pyridyl ring of Formula (3), the following substitutions can provide increased antiproliferative activity: R4 is hydrogen, R24 is fluoro, R3 is hydrogen, and R23 is fluoro; R4 is methyl, R24 is chloro, R3 is hydrogen, and R23 is fluoro; R4 is hydrogen, R24 is chloro, R3 is ethyl, and R23 is fluoro;
R4 is hydrogen, R24 is fluoro, R3 is methyl, and R23 is fluoro; R4 is hydrogen, R24 is chloro, R3 is hydrogen, and R23 is ethyl; R4 is methyl, R24 is chloro, R3 is hydrogen, and R23 is chloro; R4 is hydrogen, R24 is chloro, R3 is methyl, and R23 is fluoro; R4 is hydrogen, R24 is trifluoromethyl, R3 is hydrogen, and R23 is hydrogen; R4 is hydrogen, R24 is chloro, R3 is hydrogen, and R23 is methyl; R4 is hydrogen, R24 is chloro, R3 is hydrogen, and R23 is chloro; R4 is hydrogen, R24 is chloro, R3 is methyl, and R23 is hydrogen; or R4 is hydrogen, R24 is chloro, R3 is chloro, and R23 is hydrogen.
[0045] It has been found that where R1 is a 2-pyridyl ring of Formula (3) and R24 is chloro and there is additionally a chloro or methyl at one or both of R3 or R23, the resulting compound can exhibit increased apoptosis. For example, where R1 is a 2-pyridyl ring of Formula (3), the following substitutions can provide increased apoptosis: R24 is chloro, R3 is hydrogen, and R23 is methyl; R24 is chloro, R3 is methyl, and R23 is fluoro; R24 is chloro, R3 is chloro, and R23 is hydrogen; and R24 is chloro, R3 is hydrogen, and R23 is chloro.
(0046] It has been found that, where R1 of Formula (2) is a 2-Pyridyl ring of Formula (3), the group at R24 of the aminopyridine can block metabolism in cultured hepatocytes.
[0047] As preferred examples, R1 of Formula (2) can represent: an unsubstituted 2-(1,3-thiazoyl) ring (see Formula (6)) or a 2-(1,3-thiazoyl) ring with groups at the"4- or 5-position of the thiazole ring, for example a 2-(4,5-Dimethy1-1,3-thiazoyl ring (see Formula (7)):
---r HN
HN CH, S
_____________ R1 2 CH, 2-(1,3-THIAZOYL) RING SUBSTITUTION 2-(4,5-DIMETHYL-1,3-THIAZOYL) GROUP
Formula (6) Formula (7) [0048] R2 of Formula (2) can represent:
0049] an unsubstituted Phenyl ring or a Phenyl ring substituted at the 2-, 3-, 4-, 5-or 6-position with one or more of the following groups: lower alkyl defined as C-1 to C-4, straight chain, branched, or optionally containing unsaturation, cycloalkyl defined as C-1 to C-6 optionally containing unsaturation, Aryl including phenyl or heteroaryl containing from 1 to 4 N, 0, or S atoms, Alkoxy (-0R16 where R1 is defined as a lower alkyl group or cycloalkyl group as in the above definition), 2,3-Methylenedioxy or 3,4-Methylenedioxy group, Dialkylamino (-NR13R14 where R13 and R14 are independently selected from a Hydrogen atom or lower alkyl group as previously described); Trifluoromethyl, Trifluoromethoxy, Difluoromethoxy, 3, 4-methylenedioxy, 2, 3-methylenedioxy, Nitro or Halogen (F, Cl, Br, I);
[0050] a 2-Thiophene ring of Formula (8) wherein R15, R16, and R17 are independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, Alkoxy, Dialkylamino, Trifluoromethyl, Difluoromethyl, Trifluoromethoxy or halogen as described above;
HN
s / __ R16 2-THIOPHENE RING SUBSTITUTION Formula (8) [0051] a 3-Thiophene ring of Formula (9) wherein R18, R19, and R2 are independently selected from the group consisting of: lower alkyl, cycloalkyl, Alkoxy, Dialkylamino, Trifluoromethyl, Difluoromethyl, Trifluoromethoxy or halogen as described above;
I \ __ R20 3-THIOPHENE RING SUBSTITUTION Formula (9) [0052] an unsubstituted 2-Pyridyl ring or a 2-Pyridyl ring substituted at the 4- or 6-position of the pyridine ring with one or more of the following groups: lower alkyl group as defined above, cycloalkyl group as defined above;
[0053] an unsubstituted 3-Pyridyl ring or a 3-Pyridyl ring substituted at the 2-, 4-or 6-position of the pyridine ring with one or more of the following groups:
lower alkyl group as defined above, cycloalkyl group as defined above; or [0054] an unsubstituted 4-Pyridyl ring or a 4-Pyridyl ring substituted at the 2- or 6-position of the pyridine ring with one or more of the following groups: lower alkyl group as defined above, cycloalkyl group as defined above.
[0055] It has been found that where R2 is a phenyl ring substituted at the 2- and 4-positions, the resulting compound can exhibit increased stability. For example, where R2 is 4-trifluoromethylphenyl; 2-fluoro,4-trifluoromethylphenyl; or 2,4-dichlorophenyl, the resulting compound can exhibit increased stability.
[0056] It has been found that where R2 is a phenyl ring substituted with a combination of halogens and trifluoromethyl groups, the resulting compound can exhibit increased antiproliferative activity. For example, where R2 is 4-chlorophenyl;
2-fluoro,4-trifluoromethylphenyl; 3-fluoro,4-chlorophenyl; 2-fluoro,4-chlorophenyl; 2,3-dichlorophenyl;
2,3,5-trichlorophenyl; 2,4-dichlorophenyl; 3,4-dichlorophenyl; or 3,5-dichlorophenyl, the resulting compound can exhibit increased antiproliferative activity.
[0057] It has been found that where R2 is a phenyl ring substituted at the 4 position with chloro and additionally substituted at the 2- or 3- position with chloro or fluoro, the resulting compound exhibits increased apoptosis. For example, where R2 is 2,4-dichlorophenyl or 2-chloro,4-fluorophenyl, the resulting compound can exhibits increased apoptosis.
[0059] In some embodiments, the compound(s) are the enantiomeric isomers of Formula (2).
[0059] In some embodiments, the compound(s) of Formula (2) are according to and R2 as provided in the following TABLE 1, TABLE 2, TABLE 3, and TABLE 4.
TABLE 1: R1 and R2 substitution combinations (Pyr = pyridine; Ani =
aniline) R2 phenyl R1=5CIPyr R1=5FPyr R1=4CIPyr R1=4Me- R1=4Me-substitution 5CIPyr 5FPyr 2,3-diCI AD4-13086 AD4-13103 AD4-13153 AD4-13126 3,4-diCI AD4-13054 AD4-13113 AD4-13069 AD4-13166 AD4-13127 2,4-did AD4-13097 AD4-13110 AD4-13123 AD4-13128 2,5-diC I AD4-13095 AD4-13102 AD4-13158 AD4-13118 3,5-did I AD4-13094 AD4-13098 AD4-13122 AD4-13114 2,6-did I A04-13109 AD4-13120 AD4-13148 AD4-13125 2,3,5-triCI AD4-13111 AD4-13132 AD4-13156 2C I-5C F3 AD4-13052 AD4-13049 AD4-13060 =
2,4-diC F3 AD4-13124 2,3,5,6-F4 AD4-13070 AD4-13136 2,4-diF AD4-13050 AD4-13045 3-M e-4-0M e 2,3,5,6-F4-2-Me OMe 2-0H-5-Me =
3,4-di0Me AD4-13194 2,3,4-tri0Me AD4-13196 TABLE 2: R1 and R2 substitution combinations (Pyr = pyridine; Ani =
aniline) R2 phenyl R1=3Me- R1=5- R1=Pyr R1=4-MePyr R1=6-R1=3,5-substitution 5CI CF3Pyr MePyr diFPyr 2,3-diCI AD4-13147 AD4-10051 AD4-12906 AD4-12905 3,4-diCI AD4-13119 AD4-13030 AD4-13037 AD4-12917 AD4-12916 AD4-13182 2,4-diCI AD4-13130 AD4-13033 AD4-13039 = AD4-12912 AD4-12911 AD4-13175 2,5-diCI AD4-13137 AD4-12910 =
3,5-diCI AD4-13131 AD4-12914 2,6-diCI AD4-13142 A04-13019 AD4-13138 2,3,5-triCI AD4-13167 AD4-13072 2,4-diC F3 2,3,5,6-F4 AD4-13059 AD4-12918 2,4-d iF AD4-13068 AD4-13029 AD4-13036 3-Me-4-0Me AD4-12965 2-F =
2,3,5,6-F4- AD4-13093 AD4-13092 AD4-13085 2-Me AD4-12935 OMe 2-0H-5-Me AD4-12936 3,4-di0Me AD4-13193 2,3,4-tri0Me AD4-13208 . 2,4-did AD4-13200 (2MeQ) TABLE 3: R1 and R2 substitution combinations (Pyr = pyridine; Ani =
aniline) R2 phenyl R1=3F- R1=5-CI-6- R1=3-F-5- R1=4,5-R1=3-F-4- R1=3,5-substitution 5C I Pyr MePyr C F3 Pyr diCIPyr Me-5-CIPyr diCI-6-MePyr =
=
2,3-diCI AD4-13172 AD4-13192 AD4-13211 3,4-diCI AD4-13150 AD4-13177 AD4-13202 2,4-diCI A04-13143 AD4-13165 2,5-diCI AD4-13179 AD4-13220 3,5-diCI AD4-13189 AD4-13223 2,6-diCI
2,3,5-triCI AD4-13209 A04-13180 AD4-13213 3F-4C1 AD4-13224 = AD4-13230 2,4-diC F3 2,3,5,6-F4 AD4-13163 2,4-diF =
3-Me-4-0Me 2,3,5,6-F4-4-0C H2CF3 _ 2-Me OMe 2-0H-5-Me 3,4-di0Me AD4-13195 2,3,4-tri0Me AD4-13197 AD4-13210 TABLE 4: R1 and R2 substitution combinations (Pyr = pyridine; Ani =
aniline) R2 phenyl R1=2-Me-4- R1=3-Me- R1=3- R1=3-Et-5- R1=3-F-4-R1=3,5-substitution CI-Ani 4-CI-Ani Me0-5- CIPyr Et-5-CIPyr diCIPyr CIPyr 2,3-did! AD4-13215 AD4-13222 3,4-diCI AD4-13204 AD4-13207 2,4-did I AD4-13201 AD4-13217 AD4-13218 AD4-13231 2,5-diCI AD4-13221 AD4-13227 3,5-diCI AD4-13216 AD4-13226 2,6-diCI
2,3,5-triCI AD4-13228 2,4-diCF3 2,3,5,6-F4 2,4-diF
3-Me-4-OMe 2,3,5,6-F4-2-Me OMe 2-0H-5-Me 3,4-di0Me =
2,3,4- AD4-13214 AD4-13219 tri0Me [0 0 6 0] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (2) is AD4-1505.
-N
Me0 OH AD4-1505, Formula (1) I0061] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (2) is selected from a compound of TABLE 5.
=
TABLE 5: Exemplary Compounds of Formula (2) H = N-0 =' i---%,_ NC AD4-12908 \N--.." IP /
AD4-12902 IIP ci 0, )\--F CI
F F
p q_j.),1 HO
/¨N AD4-12909 H3 AD4-12903 Ha2¨
WO OH
F
F
= N¨.
%.HHO N¨ ¨ N * /
AD4-12904 = i----N
CI * CI
HiC itCI
H= ¨ HO N.--c)-Hil H = AD4-12911N
NC . .
a /
AD4-12905 HsC *
CI
CI
CI
I"-.H = ¨
IisC
H
0-- S.o AD4-12912 AD4-12906 . a . a CI
a HO N-Ha ¨N . /
HO N¨
b-11 NC
AD4-12907 ¨ N li Cl *
= a HO N-0....H
¨N * /
= Mk CI iHO Am&
)=1.:
HaC
Hi sk 1-1,C OH
HC
HO
CI
11/ CHs HO N
AD4-12915 a AD4-12937 (--r.li 7=N F . /
N , NC õ ci HaC
HC CH, CI CI
NC =
b_H . ¨ F
Ha . b-14 AD4-12917 a a AD4-12954 ct . 2--4F Pt H
r\_H HO
HsC .
F F AD4-12955 2.'"1.
= Ha a F
AD4-12918 *
14,C
6.24 HO ii HO e AD4-12935 ¨N
. . AD4-12958 N.\--Ni .4. a% 0 CI CI
i H,C"Ø-i NH = H AD4-13019 CI
AD4-12959 a ilj-:): N CI
= F
CH, H,C
H2_ C:tp1.4-" .
N
A F
CH, Cl HiC
Its Q_H HO
N 1 = .
= / AD4-13021A N 1, AD4-12966 c It * ci - F
F F
Ma Ha NO 0 _ii HO
¨
AD4-1i990 . / AD4-13021B ¨u *
lik F CI
CIIlk f F F
ais HO _ (-)---L' H = * N - /
AD4-12991 * AD4-13022 = it--N
H,C 00 It F F
H,C F
-H,C CH, 2_... H HO
b_...H 41 N
*AD4-13018 143CCI . CI F
H,C F AD4-13023 a . 20 HO *H N-= NC *
CI -F-1---tr * /
F *
AD4-13024 AD4-13030 a a ,= N-. HO _ - . / F -N * I
* CI a * F
= CI , F
14,C
HO ' - F / \ ti HO NO-.
_H F
* / F -N * /
F
* F li CI
F
AD4-13026 AD4-13032 a F
F
H
HO N-- F / \ H HO N.--N * / F -N
* CI * CI
AD4-13033-1 ci F H
F-F-->-0- 1 HO - F / \ HO -/
F -N * /
= *ci AD4-13033-2 ci - .
F F
. F / \H HO
N-F F / \ Li H -/ F -N * /
F ¨ N . II
F F
AD4-13029 F AD4-13034 F . F
at, a-Ci- 4 .= -' -N
*
C-1.4 .= F .
--N 4 --- , / AD4-13041 F F
- N
11.7 F
F * CH, CI
HO Pt-Ci-CS-til -N =/
0_2 HO N-= *
-N I. / AD4-13042 F
. F F F
HO N.__ AD4-13036 F ca -0-11 -N * /
ff--.1/4.4 HO
*
/
* AD4-13043 F
F F F
CI Cl CI .
t.µ>_...H H 40 HO - -N likW
rµ.._.H
* F F
F
CI
6_ _.
HO HO N
le * /
* -N
lik F .
* CI
F
.
Cl O
- N * /
. * F
F F F
HO --N = /
F ( 14Z) N. C.1----')-H
/
a =
*
a F
t,4 HO AD4-13053 F F
-N *lit HO N-*
F F
AD4-13048 F F *
AD4-13054 a a HO N.__ r.ii N Ilk ' . _ F¨C
/
F
F * CI
*
F
HO -L\_H HO N-/
-f= * / F
lig F
= F f \==1,11 F
F AD4-13056 F * Cl =
F 7 \ H HO N-__ I
F
F -N ak /
* F
F 1*
F F
AD4-13051 F F CH.
H = N- HO - CI-0-311 -N
/ F
F F lik CI
F * a AD4-13058 F
a_CS_H tilp F F / \ 114 HO N_ ¨N * / F N ¨ = /
F
F * F lio F
F
C1_ HO F- )¨fl \ tl HO*" -' , N
= ¨N . / F N-F *
AD4-13060 a F
F =CI AD4-13066 CA
HO N-- ci-0-11 =Aikli ...Ø_ H
1.7 F -N . I
. F *
. AD4-13067 F
CI
F F CH.
-N * /
F N- * F
F
F * CI AD4-13068 F
AD4-13062 F a F.F,e-}_tiN iõ.- H
L-----"-/ \
/ . =
F N
* . *
AD4-13069 a CI
F F HO N-\
F
F / \ H HO N--N * /
F N- * / F
* F * F
AD4-13064 a a AD4-13070 F
HO N¨
F¨N Mk / H = Aft F
2.-1 Ilp=
*
HC
F F a . ci ci Hac AD4-13076 Hip N--N * / cki_H HO N--N
CI itt CI H,C = a a AD4-13072 ci F
cH, 2_11H HO N-C C
. s H, N
. . 1-0-4 14 HO
HsC ip a a a . It a CH, H =
HO = H
s -Q-- * / b_H
-N *1 H,C =
a ci 111 a CH, CH, HHO
u HO* N-2 _ xr-N
).11 a F CI CI
ais Q.., H =
11 -,..
2-41 c=p4 H
H,C H,C
CA
=
AD4-13075 a AD4-13081 ci CI
. =
WO 2012/012653 PCT/US2011/044882 "
at H Ho HO -=N1-- lik / CI-0-H
-N * /
KC *
_ lik CI
CI CI .
AD4-13080 ci H= -ci-0-1 H,C
= a -N lir /
CI CI 41, a =
cii, AD4-13087 .
HO -r\-11 >=F; * i _(H HO N-CI
N * /
H,C *
CI
CI * CI
AD4-13082 =
F
/
2, -11== - CH, . / HO N-n-144 lip H,C
r=N
*4 a CI
H,C CI
CI
AD4-13083 AD4-13089 41, CI
CH, CH, H = HO -H
e."--H
2-4 N *
= .:--4 e /
H,C
. CI H,C *
CI=
CI
HO N-2¨til -N Alk. / a_0_,, _H HO N-H,C F
F * F F
CFr F
...
H,C
ts_li HO -, F
F * F
F-04 .. ' F.....3 r -N
AD4-13092 a 1, Ho N_ AD4-13098 a ¨ N
F F-(---- HO
-- H
. a F..... j F
F
eH HO N- CH4 Oi -N H HO N--/
a 41 ' *
AD4-13100 4, a CH, HO N-O_H
a HO
-Ct "11 .111 N-F * /
= ip CI F 11 F
HiC Clia F F
b_ri HO *
-N
* F-0--11 HO
* F -N * 1 F * a Ho -N
* a * a a AD4-13103 AD4-13097 a =
HO -F--(... --II *1 HO -F-0-11 ¨N
AD4-13104 * I AD4-13110 CI
H, HO N_0 1-13b-13 C ¨N * 1 F CI 1, CI
F * F
H,C --ii HO N-)-4 ¨
HO N- F
a -N * 1 F
* * CI
H,C F-0-11 HO N-HO -N
*1 lik 1 -N
* CI ci F
HC
H = N.- F-6--11 H = N--N e i N
¨ * 1 * C, F F
AD443108 FisC
HO N- F -6- ii HO N¨
C1-0-Pi -N = 1 -N * 1 CI * CI
Mk CI .
HO
* CI
cilisi \
*-2-H HO
AD4-13116 .
a *HC
Ho N-... AD4-13122 ci -N le / H,C\
F HO -AD4-13117 CI * /
H3C * ci HO CI
) - N
CI * CI CI-0-14 H
-N Mk /
F
CH., F
F
-N * / HaC
N-* F-6-11 HO
N
- * /
AD4-13119 a a a HO _ AD4-13125 le* a ' CI F-04II HO - =
.0 CI
AD4-13120 * ci CI
HC
HO - IV
-N * / F-0-144 HO -* 1 *
*
F
AD4-13121 F F AD4-13127 a a F
-44 * /
F
HC
N- * CI
HO
N
- * /
1._.c....c...11:
CI HO N
* -C
AD4-13128 / \ H
N * /
H,C
HO N-* a a- /-b---H
-N * / AD4-13134 * CH, AD4-13129 F ct.....04 HO
N...-F F
CH, * /
F
H = N--N * / AD4-13135 . CI
. CI HiC
AD4-13130 .
CI HO N-a¨b¨II
CH, HO - F
F 10, F
ci * F
AD4-13131 CH, CI C1-6-11 H = N--N * /
-N * 1 CI . CI
CI
F
F
-CI
F
* CI
AD4-13133 . = CI AD4-13138 =
F
H = N-HO /
ci_CS_H 14-F F
F
H,tC
HO - d_ F_r4 HO -* /
-N
-N *1 * CI
F
* ' a AD4-13146 F
CH, HC HO N- =
HO N-____L-)_.
CI H
-0--õ
* C
* CI I
CI
CH, H,C
HO -_Cc_H
ci_ts>___H HO
\ N A-Alt CI
-N
W
a a 'CI * a F
HC
HO N- HO N-CI
-OA 0-6¨il -N * / -N * /
100 CI * a F F
HO N--N * / C1-0--11 /4* N-"1 -N =' ".
.
F F
H,C\
HO N-CI *
_kD4-13157 CI
a ,---% H = N__ 1--Ni- sk / HsC
HO N_ CI N = /
-N
a CI Ilk CI
.._ ...;-"=\......142 H HO N-Ci f N
- * / HO N-I* CI - N
*
HO H3c a¨O¨P4 -N * /
CI
* - N 1, /
CI * CI
HO N_ F H
HO N- Cl-1 "-11 _Cc N . /
Cu - N 1, /
-N
Hs * CI
lik F
-U - N ilik /
- N lek .
CI * 1 CI
F
F , HO F
CI ' / F_{-4..._ H HO N--N .
F -N * /
F * F
lik F i x lii HO N- F
F
F - N * / F_cc...H HO
N-Ilk -N N . /
F it F
F i \ H HO N-F HO N-F -N * 1 F -6441 . CI
lik CI
H,C
HO N.-F
F_(= 1 j* 40.
-N * / HO N-, le N
CI
AD4-13166 CI CI .
CI
CH, , HO N.- CI
ci-0-11 -N . / a_b_ki HO
' CI * CI
AD4-13167 CI lik CI CI
¨6¨H HO N- HO N-a -N * / 6 -N lik /
* ' 'CI
CI a CI
HO N.-Cl-b-H
CI 4.0 CI
a CI__ HO N-AN /-13179 N *
-N
CI / \ CI
)__\rII * CI
HO N- ' = / AN-13185 F
-----"I
11,C
CI 111 CI/ \ H HO ¨
CI----)--N * /
/
AD4-13180 CI ¨N
F .
Me OH
F HO N. -6-1411 AN-131E6 CI
CI
=
F
HO - CI
-N * / Cl-b-H HO
/
Mik -N
* *
AD4-13188 Ci F CI
HO N- ____b_H HO
F-d-H CI
* CI C.
AD4-13183 . CI
HO N- CH, / ci-CS-LI HO N--N * -N 1* /
*
CI F
AD4-13184 F F 2W4-13193 Me OH
ci ci H
HO HO N¨
N *
___tx.....h CI = ' N * / cl-N * /
= ¨
* .OMe Me OMe AD4-13191 Me0 OH AD4-13197 CH, H,C F C 44110 H HO N¨
HO N_ /
*
CI N e /
¨N * CI
. CI F
HC F
CH, HO N¨
HOCI
. / ¨441 ___6....H . 1 CI
¨N ¨N 0 * 'CI
CI
AD4-13193 Me0 OMe AD4-13199 H,C
CH, - CH, HO N¨
-N 1, / 0-0¨ I
¨N * /
, * * CI
AD4-13194 Me0 OMe a cl CH, HO N¨
_b_H h HO N¨
CI N 4110, ¨N lik 1 * 11 CI=
AD4-13195 Me0 OMe CI
H,C
HO CI
¨N * / CI
¨0-11 HO
= 1 * OMe Me *
Me0 OMe CH.
H,C F. HO N-HO ci_CS_H
-N
. let OMe AD4-13208 Me0 OMe AD4-13203 Me0 OH
HO N 140 N¨
H -.- Cl¨e --"
a . N *
/ >=N lik /
"C CI Ilik CI
CI
H,C CI
-*II HO N¨
/
H HO N-*
CI 4 N =/ -N
H,C . Me 'CI
AD4-13210 Me OMe F CI
HO ¨
Cl_...Ø_ I
Cl HO N- -N
0--1-41 * /
ci¨ / H3C li k Hsc *ci = AD4-13211 .CI
AD4-13206 Cl 0HO N¨
H,C CI
¨¨ii H HO N¨. ¨N
CI = N
_____________ * / lik CI CI
* AD4-13212 CI =
CI CI CI
HO
CH, CI4 N¨ ¨N
H HO
¨N 4. 1 H2C *
Cl Cl * = Me CI
AD4-13208 Me0 OMe AD443213 OMe a C1-6-91 HO N_ HO N--N 11, / CI--0-311 ¨N * i .
. OMe H3CCI * CI
Me OMe OMe H,C HO N¨
H
/ HO
CI ¨N"
a 1, CI
* ci a AD4-13221 .
CH, F
Mile HO ci___.--= \S_H
HO ¨N
CP¨C-5444 ¨N */
Ci *CI
H,dC ci HO N¨ ci--011 HO N--ci--H
* /
¨N
¨N * / HõCci =
I. CI
CI
AD4-13217 CI AD4-13223 .
CH, CH, CI
HO N¨
H
HO N¨ Cl¨t";"--* Cl *
CI CI F , A1)4-1.5218 AD4-13224 CH, 143 No N¨ HO
ci--¨H
a-C-ii- \
¨N * /
* OW
*
hie0 Mae CI
-_ Ha CH, == ci_d_u HO -43_8_H H
* /
. *a F
=
AN-132.26 AN-13229 Ha HON__ HO -H--0--; \*II
C * CI
CI F
OMe CI
-O-U HO N__ 9 N
CI a-C1- I
-N * / - * / .
CI Ilk CI * CI
CI CI
HO
HO N-C N-- n_u 11 . ' 1 1=N
H3C .
01/ CI .
F
AD4-10484 ci AD4-10628 F F
HO
HO N-O N A / \ b-il S
S \
AD4-10315 AD4-10963 -., cH, [0062] In some embodiments, the compound(s) of Formula (2) excludes compound AD4-1505, Formula (1).
[0063] In some embodiments, the compound(s) of Formula (2) excludes one or more of the following compounds:
=
(sr NH OH *
to NH OH
NH OH
=
ci F3c 40 0 io NH OHI NH OH rx, NH OH
tk( ,and N-[0064] In some embodiments, for example methods of therapeutic treatment, the compound(s) of Formula (2) can include one or more of the above compounds.
[0065] Type B AD4-1505-like compounds.
[0066] An MDM2 inhibitor can be a compound according to Formula 10 (a Type B
AD4-1505-like compound) as follows:
OH HNy0 R21 Formula (10).
[0067] In the above structure, X1 and R2 of Formula (10) are defined as above for structural sub-class Type A, Formula (2).
[0068] R21 of Formula (10) can represent:
[0069] a lower alkyl group with one to 6 carbons (C-1 to C-6), straight chain, branched, or optionally containing unsaturation, cycloalkyl defined as five or six aliphatic ring (C-1 to C-6) optionally containing unsaturation;
[0070] an unsubstituted Phenyl ring or a Phenyl ring substituted at the 2-, 3-, 4-, 5-or 6-position with one or more of the following groups: lower alkyl defined as C-1 to C-4, straight chain, branched, or optionally containing unsaturation, cycloalkyl defined as C-1 to C-6 optionally containing unsaturation, Aryl including phenyl or heteroaryl containing from 1 to 4 N, 0, or S atoms, Alkoxy (-0R1 where R1 is defined as a lower alkyl group or cycloalkyl.group as in the above definition), 2,3-Mthylenedioxy or 3,4-Methylenedioxy group, Dialkylamino (-NR13R14, where R13 and R14 are independently selected from a Hydrogen atom or lower alkyl group as previously described); Trifluoromethyl, Trifluoromethoxy, Difluoromethoxy, 3, 4-methylenedioxy, 2, 3-methylenedioxy, Nitro or Halogen (F, Cl, Br, I);
[0071] an unsubstituted 2-Pyridyl ring or a 2-Pyridyl ring substituted at the 4-or 6-position of the pyridine ring with one or more of the following groups: lower alkyl group as defined above, cycloalkyl group as defined above;
[0072] an unsubstituted 3-Pyridyl ring or a 3-Pyridyl ring substituted at the 2-, 4- or 6-position of the pyridine ring with one or more of the following groups:
lower alkyl group as defined above, cycloalkyl group as defined above;
[0073] an unsubstituted 4-Pyridyl ring or a 4-Pyridyl ring substituted at the 2-or 6-position of the pyridine ring with one or more of the following groups: lower alkyl group as defined above, cycloalkyl group as defined above; or [0074] a heteroaryl five or six membered ring containing from 1 to 4 N, 0, or S
atoms.
[0075] In some embodiments, the compound(s) are the enantiomeric isomers of Formula (10).
[0076] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (10) is AD4-10950.
CH, S
[0077] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (10) is AD4-10960.
H HO N-S
AD4-10960.
[0078] In some embodiments, the compound(s) of Formula (10) excludes compound AD4-1505, Formula (1).
[0078] Type C AD4-1505-like [0080] An MDM2 inhibitor can be a compound according to Formula 11 (a Type C
AD4-1505-like compound) as follows:
Ski Ft2 OH HN y0 =
R22 Formula (11).
[0081] In the above structure, X1 and R2 of Formula (11) are defined as above for structural sub-class Type A, Formula (2).
[0082] R22 of Formula (11) can represent a lower alkyl group with one to 6 carbons (C-1 to C-6), straight chain, branched, optionally containing unsaturation, or substitution at the C-1 or C-2 carbons with one or more of the following substituents: an unsubstituted Phenyl ring or a Phenyl ring substituted at the 2-, 3-, 4-, 5- or 6-position with one or more of the following groups: lower alkyl defined as C-1 to C-4, straight chain, branched, or optionally containing unsaturation, cycloalkyl defined as C-1 to C-6 optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom, Heteroaryl containing from 1 to 4 N, 0, or S
atoms, hydroxyl (-OH), Alkoxy (-0R1 where R1 is defined as a lower alkyl group or cycloalkyl group as in the above definition), Dialkylamino (-NR13R14, where R13 and R14 are independently selected from a Hydrogen atom or lower alkyl group as previously described); Trifluoromethyl, Trifluoromethoxy, Difluoromethoxy, or Halogen (F, Cl, Br, l).
[0083] A cycloalkyl is defined as five or six aliphatic ring (C-1 to C-6) optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom.
[0084] In some embodiments, the compound(s) are the enantiomeric isomers of Formula (11).
[0085] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (11) is AD4-10535.
H3C--\
-) HO N-N = /
[0086] In some embodiments, the compound(s) of Formula (11) excludes compound AD4-1505, Formula (1).
[0087] Structure and Function.
[0088] An MDM2 inhibitor compound described herein can have structural features associated with one or more desired functions,=such as stability, antiproliferative activity, or apoptotic activity.
[0089] It has been found that groups at the 5-position of the aminopyridine of compounds described herein provide analogs having increased stability (e.g., more stable toward liver microsome incubation). In some embodiments, a compound substituted at the 5-position of the aminopyridine can exhibit increased stability. For example, AD4-13053 and AD4-13041 (both having a chlorine atom at the 5-position of the aminopyridine) show increased stability over AD4-10628. In some embodiments, a compound substituted with a chlorine atom at the 5-position of the aminopyridine can exhibit increased stability increases stability.
[0090] It has been found that combinations of halogens and alkyl groups on the aminopyridine ring of compounds described herein provide compounds with increased antiproliferative activity. In some embodiments, a compound with the following aminopyridine ring substitutions provide increased antiproliferative activity:
3,5-diF; 3-F,5-CL,6-Me; 3-F,5-CI,6-Me; 3-F,5-CI,4-Et; and 3,5-diF,4-Me. In some embodiments, a compound with the following aminopyridine ring substitutions provide further increased antiproliferative activity: 3-Et,5-Cl; 3,5-diCI,6-Me; 3-F,5-CI,4-Me; and 5-CF3. In some = embodiments, a compound with the following aminopyridine ring substitutions provide even further increased antiproliferative activity: 3-Me,5-Cl; 3,5-diCI; 4-Me,5-Cl; and 4,5-diCI.
[0091] It has been found that a chloro group at the 5-position of the aminopyridine ring and additional chloro or methyl groups at the 3- or 4-positions on the aminopyridine ring of compounds described herein provide compounds with increased apoptotic activity.
In some embodiments, a compound with the following aminopyridine ring substitutions provide increased apoptotic activity: 3-Me,5-Cl; 3-F,5-CI,4-Me; 4,5-diCI; and 3,5-diCI.
[0092] It has been found that groups at the 2-and 4-position of the benzene ring of compounds described herein provide analogs having increased stability (e.g., more stable toward liver microsome incubation). In some embodiments, a compound substituted at the 2- and 4-position of the benzene ring of compounds can exhibit increased stability.
For example, AD4-13041, AD4-13042, AD4-13165, and AD4-13206 show increased stability. In some embodiments, a compound substituted with a halogen atom at the 2- or 4-position of the benzene ring of the aminopyridine can exhibit increased stability increases stability. For example, a compound substituted with a chlorine atom at the 2-and 4-position of the benzene ring of the aminopyridine can exhibit increased stability increases stability. As another example, a compound substituted with a fluorine atom at the 2- and 4-position of the benzene ring of the aminopyridine can exhibit increased stability increases stability. As another example, a compound substituted with a trifluoromethyl at the 4-position or a fluorine atom at the 2-position and a trifluoromethyl at the 4-position of the benzene ring of the aminopyridine can exhibit increased stability increases stability.
[0093] It has been found that combinations of halogens and trifluoromethyl groups on the benzene ring of compounds described herein provide compounds with increased antiproliferative activity. In some embodiments, a compound with the following benzene ring substitutions provide increased antiproliferative activity: 4-Cl; 2-F,4-CF3; and 3-F,4-Cl. In some embodiments, a compound with the following benzene ring substitutions provide further increased antiproliferative activity: 2-F,4-Cl; 2,3-diCI; and 2,3,5-triCI. In some embodiments, a compound with the following benzene ring substitutions provide even further increased antiproliferative activity: 2,4-did; 3,4-diCI; and 3,5-diCI.
(0094] It has been found that a chloro group at the 4-position of the benzene ring and additional chloro or fluoro groups at the 2- or 3-positions on the benzene ring of compounds described herein provide compounds with increased apoptotic activity. In some embodiments, a compound with the following benzene ring substitutions provide increased apoptotic activity: 2,4-diCI (see e.g., AD4-13130, AD4-13178); and 2-CI,4-F
(see e.g., AD4-13185).
[0095] Synthesis.
[0096] Synthesis of the above described compounds can be as described in U.S.
Application Serial No. 12/986,146 and WO 2011/085126. In brief, an AD4-1505-like compound can be synthesized by reacting an amino pyridine intermediate compound, an aldehyde intermediate compound and a hydroxyquinoline, as further described in U.S.
Application Serial No. 12/986,146 and WO 2011/085126. In some embodiments, the reaction can include combining the amino pyridine intermediate compound, the aldehyde intermediate compound and the hydroxyquinoline in ethanol (e.g., absolute ethanol).
[0097] In some embodiments, the MDM2 inhibitor is selected from one or more of the following compounds:
[0098]
HO N¨
*
CI
C
[0099] H3 AD4-10953;
OH
=OMe OH HN N
[0100] CH3AD4-1505;
=
___________________ HO N¨
. /
N¨
H3C * Cl-I3 CI
[0101] AD4-10944;
H3c HO N-¨N = /
S
\
[0102] CH3 AD4-10963;
HO N_ *[0103] CI AD4-10482;
HO N__ ¨11 = /
H3C *
F
(0104] F F AD4-10483;
HO 1,1_ N¨ * /
*
F
(0105] F F AD4-10942;
HO N_ = NIH3C . CH3 CI
[0106] AD4-10944;
HO N-2=/1 -N
H3C *
[0107] F F AD4-10628;
H C N N N
3 so y [0108] CH3 AD4-11511;
HO N--N =
CI
[0109] CI AD4-13178;
HO N--14 *
[0110] CI AD4-13130;
F F HO N-F -N
'CI
[0111]CI AD4-13165;
CH, NNH OH
[0112]CI AD4-13225;
N NH =H
[0113] AD4-13229; and HO N--N
F F
FF>c0 [0114] AD4-13243.
CHEMICAL DEFINITIONS
[0115] The expression "alkyl", unless specifically limited, denotes a C112 alkyl group, suitably a C1_6 alkyl group, e.g. C1-4 alkyl group. Alkyl groups may be straight chain or branched. Suitable alkyl groups include, for example, methyl, ethyl, propyl (e.g. n-propyl and isopropyl), butyl (e.g. n-butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl and tert-butyl), pentyl (e.g. n-pentyl), hexyl (e.g. n-hexyl), heptyl (e.g. n-heptyl) and octyl (e.g. n-Octy1). The expression "alk", for example in the expressions "alkoxy", "haloalkyl" and "thioalkyr should be interpreted in accordance with the definition of "alkyl". Exemplary alkoxy groups include methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy (e.g. n-propoxy), butoxy (e.g. n-butoxy), pentoxy (e.g. n-pentoxy), hexoxy (e.g. n-hexoxy), heptoxy (e.g. n-heptoxy) and octoxy (e.g. n-octoxy).
[0116] The expression "cycloalkyl", unless specifically limited, denotes a C3_10 cycloalkyl group (i.e., 3 to 10 ring carbon atoms), more suitably a C3_8 cycloalkyl group, for example, a C3_6 cycloalkyl group. Exemplary cycloalkyl groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl and cyclooctyl. A preferred number of ring carbon atoms is three to six.
[0117] The expression "aryr, unless specifically limited, denotes a C8-12 aryl group, suitably a C6.10 aryl group, more suitably a C6_6 aryl group. Aryl groups will contain at least one aromatic ring (e.g. one, two or three rings). An example of a typical aryl group with one aromatic ring is phenyl. An example of a typical aryl group with two aromatic rings is naphthyl.
[0118] The expression "heteroaryl", unless specifically limited, denotes an aryl residue, wherein one or more (e.g., 1, 2, 3, or 4, suitably 1, 2 or 3) ring atoms are replaced by heteroatoms selected from N, S and 0, or else a 5-membered aromatic ring containing one or more (e.g., 1, 2, 3, or 4, suitably 1, 2 or 3) ring atoms selected from N, Sand 0.
Exemplary monocyclic heteroaryl groups having one heteroatom include: five membered rings (e.g., pyrrole, furan, thiophene); and six membered rings (e.g., pyridine, such as pyridin-2-yl, pyridin-3-yland pyridin-4-y1). Exemplary monocyclic heteroaryl groups having two heteroatoms include: five membered rings (e.g., pyrazole, oxazole, isoxazole, thiazole, isothiazole, imidazole, such as imidazol-1-yl, imidazol-2-ylimidazol-4-y1); six membered rings (e.g., pyridazine, pyrimidine, pyrazine). Exemplary monocyclic heteroaryl groups having three heteroatoms include: 1,2,3-triazole and 1,2,4-triazole.
Exemplary monocyclic heteroaryl groups having four heteroatoms include tetrazole.
Exemplary bicyclic heteroaryl groups include: indole (e.g., indO1-6-y1), benzofuran, benzthiophene, quinoline, isoquinoline, indazole, benzimidazole, benzthiazole, quinazoline and purine.
[0119] A saturated group is generally understood as having no double or triple bonds. For example, in a saturated linear hydrocarbon, each carbon atom is attached to two hydrogen atoms, except those at the ends of the chain, which bear three hydrogen =
atoms. For example, an unsaturated hydrocarbon is generally understood as a carbon structure containing one or more double or triple bonds.
[0120] The term "halogen" or "halo" includes fluorine (F), chlorine (Cl) bromine (Br) or iodine (I).
[0121] The term "amino" refers to the group -NIF12.
[0122] All possible stereoisomers of the claimed compounds are included in the present disclosure. Where a compound described herein has at least one chiral center, it may accordingly exist as enantiomers. Where a compound possess two or more chiral centers it may additionally exist as diastereomers. It is to be understood that all such isomers and mixtures thereof are encompassed within the scope of the present disclosure.
[0123] In view of the close relationship between the free compounds and the compounds in the form of their salts, whenever a compound is referred to in this context, a corresponding salt is also intended, provided such is possible or appropriate under the circumstances. The pharmaceutically acceptable salt can take a form in which a basic side chain is protonated with an inorganic or organic acid. Representative organic or =
inorganic acids include hydrochloric, hydrobromic, perchloric, sulfuric, nitric, phosphoric, acetic, propionic, glycolic, lactic, succinic, maleic, fumaric, malic, tartaric, citric, benzoic, mandelic, methanesulfonic, hydroxyethanesulfonic, benzenesulfonic, oxalic, pamoic, 2-naphthalenesulfonic, p-toluenesulfonic, cyclohexanesulfamic, salicylic, saccharinic or trifluoroacetic acid. Alternatively it may take the form in which an acidic side chain forms a salt with a metal ion (e.g., sodium, potassium ions and the like) or other positive ion such as ammonium. All pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salt forms of the compounds described herein are intended to be embraced by the scope of this disclosure.
[0124] Some of the crystalline forms of the compounds may exist in more than one polymorphic form and as such all forms are intended to be included in the present disclosure. In addition, some of the compounds may form solvates with water (i.e., hydrates) or common organic solvents, and such solvates are also intended to be encompassed within the scope of this disclosure. The compounds, including their salts, can also be obtained in the form of their hydrates, or include other solvents used for their crystallization.
[0125] The present disclosure further includes within its scope prodrugs of the compounds described herein. In general, such prodrugs will be functional derivatives of the compounds which are readily convertible in vivo into the desired therapeutically active compound. Thus, in these cases, the methods of treatment of the present invention, the term "administering" shall encompass the treatment of the various disorders described with prodrug versions of one or more of the claimed compounds, but which converts to the above specified compound in vivo after administration to the subject.
[0126] As used herein, the term "composition" is intended to encompass a product comprising a claimed compound(s) in a therapeutically effective amount, as well as any product which results, directly or indirectly, from combinations of the claimed compounds.
EGFR INHIBITOR
[0127] As shown herein, administration of an EGFR inhibitor in combination with an MDM2 inhibitors can result in synergistic inhibition proliferation or increased death of cancer cells. An EGFR inhibitor can be an anti-proliferative or pro-apoptotic compound.
An EGFR inhibitor can be selected so as to show a synergistic anti-proliferative or pro-apoptotic effect when co-administered with an MDM2 inhibitor (e.g., an inhibitor of p53 and MDM2 binding). Quantitative methods (e.g., protein phosphorylation detection) are known in the art to identify EGFR inhibitors and determine specificity and efficacy thereof (see e.g., Olive 2004 Expert Rev Proteomics 1(3), 327-341).
[0128] An EGFR inhibitor can be a monoclonal antibody, such cetuximab (tradename Erbitux, IMC-C225); panitumumab (tradename Vectibix, INN, ABX-EGF);
nimotuzumab (tradenames BIOMab EGFR, Theracim, Theraloc, CIMAher); zalutumumab (proposed tradename HuMax-EGFr); or matuzumab (formerly EMD 7200). Erbitux is a humanized monoclonal antibody that binds to an extracellular epitope on EGFR.
Erbitux blocks activation of the receptor by preventing both ligand binding and receptor dimerization. An EGFR inhibitor can be a protein, such as potato carboxypeptidase inhibitor (PCI).
[0129] An EGFR inhibitor can be a small molecule inhibitor, such as gefitinib (tradename Iressa, N-(3-chloro-4-fluoro-phenyl)-7-rnethoxy-6-(3-morpholin-4-ylpropoxy)quinazolin-4-amine); lapatinib (tradename Tykerb, N43-chloro-4-[(3-fluorophenyl)methoxy]pheny1]-645-[(2-ethylsulfonylethylamino)methyl]-2-furyliquinazolin-4-amine); erlotinib (tradename Tarceva, N-(3-ethynylphenyI)-6,7-bis(2-methoxyethoxy)quinazolin-4-amine). Tykerb, Iressa, and Tarceva are kinase inhibitors that block EGFR tyrosine kinase activity.
[0130] In some embodiments, an EGFR inhibitor can be an selected from lapatinib (tradename Tykerb), gefitinib (tradename lressa), erlotinib (tradename Tarceva), or cetuximab (tradename Erbitux), or a combination thereof.
COMBINATION THERAPY
[0131] As shown herein, administration of MDM2 inhibitors in combination with EGFR inhibitor Tarceva can result in synergistic inhibition proliferation or increased death of cancer cells. Such a combinatorial therapeutic approach can overcome resistance to conventional EGFR inhibitors, which have been reported to occur in a significant number of patients.
[0132] An MDM2 inhibitor optionally used in combination with an EGFR
inhibitor, such as Tarceva, can provide treatment for patients with developed resistance.
Such therapy can treat a variety of cancers, including NSCLC, colon, pancreatic cancers and head and neck tumors, in patients where an EGFR inhibitor alone would not be effective.
[0133] Combinatorial treatment with an MDM2 inhibitor and an EGFR
inhibitor can result in a synergistic anti-cancer effect or can overcome developed resistance. Such combinatorial therapy is especially useful in a subject having an inactivating P53 mutation, as described further herein. Synergistic effects or overcoming developed resistance can allow lower doses, significantly reducing therapy cost in a substantial patient population.
FORMULATION
. [0134] Embodiments of the compositions of the invention include pharmaceutical formulations of the various compounds described herein.
[0135] The agents and compositions described herein can be formulated by any conventional manner using one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or excipients as described in, for example, Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences (A.R.
Gennaro, Ed.), 21st edition, ISBN: 0781746736 (2005).
Such formulations will contain a therapeutically effective amount of a biologically active agent(s) described herein, preferably in purified form, together with a suitable amount of carrier so as to provide the form for proper administration to the subject.
= [0136] The formulation should suit the mode of administration.
The agents of use with the current disclosure can be formulated by known methods for administration to a subject using several routes which include, but are not limited to, parenteral, pulmonary, oral, topical, intradermal, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intravenous, subcutaneous, intranasal, epidural, ophthalmic, buccal, and rectal. The individual agents may also be administered in combination with one or more additional agents or together with other biologically active or biologically inert agents. Such biologically active or inert agents may be in fluid or mechanical communication with the agent(s) or attached to the agent(s) by ionic, covalent, Van der Waals, hydrophobic, hydrophilic or other physical forces.
[0137] Controlled-release (or sustained-release) preparations may be formulated to extend the activity of the agent(s) and reduce dosage frequency. Controlled-release preparations can also be used to effect the time of onset of action or other characteristics, such as blood levels of the agent, and consequently affect the occurrence of side effects.
Controlled-release preparations may be designed to initially release an amount of an agent(s) that produces the desired therapeutic effect, and gradually and continually release other amounts of the agent to maintain the level of therapeutic effect over an extended period of time. In order to maintain a near-constant level of an agent in the body, the agent can be released from the dosage form at a rate that will replace the amount of agent being metabolized or excreted from the body. The controlled-release of an agent may be stimulated by various inducers, e.g., change in pH, change in temperature, enzymes, water, or other physiological conditions or molecules. =
[0138] Agents or compositions described herein can also be used in combination with other therapeutic modalities, as described further below. Thus, in addition to the therapies described herein, one may also provide to the subject other therapies known to be efficacious for treatment of the disease, disorder, or condition.
[0139] Another aspect provided herein is a process of treating a proliferative disease, disorder, or condition with an MDM2 inhibitor and an EGFR inhibitor.
Provided is a process of treating a proliferative disease, disorder, or condition in a subject in need administration of a therapeutically effective amount of an MDM2 inhibitor and an EGFR
inhibitor, so as to increase apoptosis or decrease proliferation of cancer cells, tumors, or tissue. In various embodiments, a proliferative disease, disorder, or condition is associated with EGFR, MDM2, or p53. The therapeutic method can include administration of a therapeutically effective amount of an MDM2 inhibitor and an EGFR
inhibitor, either as individual compositions or a jointly formulated composition.
[0140] An MDM2 inhibitor can be used with, or formulated with, known therapeutic compounds. Combination therapy is understood as a therapeutic regimen comprising, e.g., an MDM2 inhibitor described herein and a second agent. an MDM2 inhibitor and a second agent can be formulated for separate administration or may be formulated for administration together.
[0141] An MDM2 inhibitor can be combined with another anti-proliferative compound, such as the EGFR kinase inhibitors, Tykerb, Iressa, and Tarceva, or Erbitux, a humanized monoclonal antibody to the EGF receptor, to produce a greater therapeutic effect than either agent alone. As shown herein, when MDM2 inhibitors were evaluated in a cell proliferation assay with EGFR inhibitors, the effect of the combination of agents to inhibit cell proliferation was greater than the effect of any of the agents alone. Specifically, compounds described herein were evaluated with Tykerb, lressa, Tarceva or Erbitux at a fixed concentration ratio, which was ascertained from the results of dose-response curves of each agent alone.
[0142] An MDM2 inhibitor can be used or formulated with an EGFR inhibitor approved for treatment of an EGFR-related condition or disorder. For example, an MDM2 inhibitor can be used with or formulated with one or more of Tykerb, lressa, Tarceva,. or Erbitux. Tykerb, lressa, and Tarceva are kinase inhibitors that block EGFR
tyrosine kinase activity. Erbitux is a humanized monoclonal antibody that binds to an extracellular epitope on EGFR. Erbitux blocks activation of the receptor by preventing both ligand binding and receptor dimerization. Thus, an MDM2 inhibitor and known EGFR
inhibitors, such as those described above, can act in a complementary or synergistic fashion.
[0143] Methods described herein are generally performed on a subject in need thereof. For example, a subject in need of the therapeutic methods described herein can be diagnosed with a proliferative disease, disorder, or condition, or at risk thereof. As another example, a subject in need of the therapeutic methods described herein can be diagnosed with a disease, disorder, or condition associated with EGFR, MDM2, or p53, or at risk thereof.
[0144] As another example, a subject in need of the therapeutic methods described herein can have, be diagnosed with, thought to have, or suspected of having an inactivating mutation or deletion in. p53 (e.g., deletion or mutation of TP53 gene) (see Vassilev 2006 Trends in Molecular Medicine 13(1), 23-31). Determination of p53 status in tumor cells can be according to, for example, a DNA microarray-based p53 GeneChip (see Ahrendt et al. 1999 Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 96, 7382-7387).
[0145] As another example, a subject in need of the therapeutic methods described herein can have, be diagnosed with, thought to have, or suspected of having a defect in an upstream or a downstream component of the p53 pathway (see Vassilev 2006 Trends in Molecular Medicine 13(1), 23-31).
[0146] As another example, a subject in need of the therapeutic methods described herein can have, be diagnosed with, thought to have, or suspected of having aberrant MDM2 expression (see Vassilev 2006 Trends in Molecular Medicine 13(1), 23-31).
As a further example, a subject in need of the therapeutic methods described herein can have, be diagnosed with, thought to have, or suspected of having overexpression of the MDM2 gene or overexpression of MDM2 protein without gene amplification, which may suppress p53 function (see Vassilev 2006 Trends in Molecular Medicine 13(1), 23-31).
0147] As another example, a subject in need of the therapeutic methods described herein can have, be diagnosed with, thought to have, suspected of having, or be at risk for = a resistance to a conventional therapeutic treatment, such as treatment with an EGFR
inhibitor.
[03.48] A determination of the need for treatment can be assessed by a history and physical exam consistent with the disease, disorder, or condition at issue.
Diagnosis of the various conditions treatable by the methods described herein is within the skill of the art. The subject can be an animal subject, preferably a mammal, more preferably horses, cows, dogs, cats, sheep, pigs, mice, rats, monkeys, guinea pigs, and chickens, and most preferably a human.
[0149] Examples of proliferative diseases or conditions treatable with compositions described herein include, but are not limited to, cancer; blood vessel proliferative disorders; fibrotic disorders; mesangial cell proliferative disorders;
psoriasis; actinic keratoses; seborrheic keratoses; warts; keloid scars; eczema; and hyperproliferative diseases caused by virus infections, such as papilloma virus infection.
[0150] Various compounds described herein can be effective for inhibiting EGFR, and thus, effective against diseases or conditions associated with EGFR, including, but not limited to, proliferative diseases. In some embodiments, the proliferative disease treated by a compound described herein is a condition caused by excessive growth of cancer or non-cancer cells that express a member of the EGFR family of receptors. The excess cells generated by a proliferative disease can express EGFR at normal levels or can overexpress EGFR. Particularly suitable diseases or conditions associated with EGFR can be those stimulated by a ligand of EGFR or mutations of such ligands.
Examples of such ligands that stimulate EGFR include, but are not limited to, EGF, TGF-alpha, heparin-binding growth factor (HBGF),13-cellulin, and Cripto-1.
Examples of proliferative disease associated with EGFR include, but are not limited to, cancer; blood vessel proliferative disorders; fibrotic disorders; mesangial cell proliferative disorders;
psoriasis; actinic keratoses; seborrheic keratoses; warts; keloid scars;
etzema; and hyperproliferative diseases caused by virus infections, such as papilloma virus infection.
[0151] Cancer, or neoplasia, refers generally to any malignant neoplasm or spontaneous growth or proliferation of cells. A subject having "cancer", for example, may have a leukemia, lymphoma, or other malignancy of blood cells. In certain embodiments, the subject methods are used to treat a solid tumor. Exemplary solid tumors include but are not limited to non small cell lung cancer (NSCLC), testicular cancer, lung cancer, ovarian cancer, uterine cancer, cervical cancer, pancreatic cancer, colorectal cancer (CRC), breast cancer, as well as prostate, gastric, skin, stomach, esophageal, and bladder cancer.
[0152] Treatment of cancer or treating a subject having cancer can include inhibition of replication of cancer cells, inhibition of spread of cancer, reduction in tumor size, lessening or reducing the number of cancerous cells in the body of a subject, or amelioration or alleviation of symptoms of cancer. A treatment can be considered therapeutic if there is a decrease in mortality or morbidity, and can be performed prophylactically, or therapeutically.
[0153] Methods described herein can be used to treat (e.g., reduce tumor size, decrease the vascularization, and/or increase the permeability of) an established tumor.
An established tumor is generally understood as a solid tumor of sufficient size such that nutrients, e.g., oxygen, can no longer permeate to the center of the tumor from the subject's vasculature by osmosis and therefore the tumor requires its own vascular supply to receive nutrients. Methods described herein can be used to treat a solid tumor that is not quiescent and is actively undergoing exponential growth.
[0154] A therapeutic protocol can be modified according to permeability of a solid tumor. Permeability of a solid tumor generally refers to the permeability of a solid tumor to a therapeutic. A solid tumor may be said to be permeable to a therapeutic if the therapeutic is able to reach cells at the center of the tumor. An agent that increases the permeability of a tumor may for example, normalize, e.g., maintain, the vasculature of a solid tumor. Tumor vascularization or tumor permeability can be determined by a variety of methods known in the art, such as, e.g. by immunohistochemical analysis of biopsy specimens, or by imaging techniques, such as sonography of the tumor, computed tomography (CT) or magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) scans.
[0155] EGFR (Tuzi et al., 1991, Br. J. Cancer 63:227-233; Torp et al., 1992, APMIS
100:713-719) HER2/neu (Slamon et al., 1989, Science 244:707-712) and the PDGF-R
(Kumabe et al., 1992, Oncogene 7:627-633) are known to be overexpressed in many tumors and/or persistently activated by autocrine loops. Overexpression of the receptor and autocrine loops have been demonstrated in most common and severe cancers (see e.g., Akbasak and Suner-Akbasak et al., 1992, J. Neurol. Sci. 111:119-133;
Dickson et al., 1992, Cancer Treatment Res. 61:249-273; Korc et al., 1992, J. Clin. Invest.
90:1352-1360;
Lee and Donoghue, 1992, J. Cell. Biol. 118:1057-1070). Overexpression of EGFR
is known to be associated with cancers of the bladder, brain, head and neck, pancreas, lung, breast, ovary, colon, prostate, and kidney. (see e.g., Atalay et al., 2003, Ann. Oncology 14:1346-1363; Herbst and Shin, 2002, Cancer 94:1593-1611; Modjtahedi et al., 1996, Br.
J. Cancer 73:228-235). Overexpression of EGFR can be correlated or associated with poor prognosis of the patients (see e.g., Herbst and Shin, 2002, Cancer 94:1593-1611;
Modjtahedi et al., 1996, Br. J. Cancer 73:228-235). HER2 has been associated with breast, ovarian, gastric, lung, pancreas and bladder cancer.
[0156] An inhibitor compound described herein can be used therapeutically either as exogenous materials or as endogenous materials. Exogenous agents are those produced or manufactured outside of the body and administered to the body.
Endogenous agents are those produced or manufactured inside the body-by some type of device (biologic or other) for delivery to within or to other organs in the body.
[0157] According to the methods described herein, administration can be parenteral, pulmonary, oral, topical, intradermal, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intravenous, subcutaneous, intranasal, epidural, ophthalmic, buccal, or rectal administration.
[0158] When used in the treatments described herein, a therapeutically effective amount of and MDM2 inhibitor and an EGFR inhibitor can be employed in pure form or, where such forms exist, in pharmaceutically acceptable salt form and with or without a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. For example, the compounds of the present disclosure can be administered, at a reasonable benefit/risk ratio applicable to any medical treatment, in a sufficient amount to provide a sufficient therapeutic outcome, as described further herein.
[0159] An effective amount of a compound described herein is generally that which can exhibit an anti-proliferative effect to an extent such as to ameliorate the treated condition. For example, an effective amount of a compound described herein may inhibit MDM2 or EGFR to an extent such as to ameliorate the treated condition. In some embodiments, an effective amount is that amount of therapy (or combination therapy) that is sufficient to affect a desired result on a cancerous cell or tumor, including, but not limited to, for example, reducing tumor size, reducing tumor volume, decreasing vascularization of a solid tumor, or increasing the permeability of a solid tumor to an agent, either in vitro or in vivo. In certain embodiments, an effective amount of therapy (or combination therapy) is the amount that results in a percent tumor inhibition of more than about 55%, about 60%, about 65%, about 70%, about 75%, about 80%, about 85%, about 90%, about 95%, about 99%, or about 100%. In certain embodiments, an effective amount of therapy (or combination therapy) is sufficient to achieve a desired clinical result, including but not limited to, for example, ameliorating disease, stabilizing a subject, preventing or delaying the development of, or progression of cancer in a subject. An effective amount of therapy (or combination therapy) can be determined based on one administration or repeated administration. Methods of detection and measurement of the indicators above are known to those of skill in the art. Such methods include, but are not limited to measuring reduction in tumor burden, reduction of tumor size, reduction of tumor volume, reduction in proliferation of secondary tumors, decreased solid tumor vascularization, expression of genes in tumor tissue, presence of biomarkers, lymph node involvement, histologic grade, and nuclear grade.
[0160] In some embodiments, tumor burden can be determined. Tumor burden, also referred to as tumor load, generally refers to a total amount of tumor material distributed throughout the body of a subject. Tumor burden can refer to a total number of cancer cells or a total size of tumor(s), throughout the body, including lymph nodes and bone barrow. Tumor burden can be determined by a variety of methods known in the art, such as, for example, by measuring the dimensions of tumor(s) upon removal from the subject, e.g., using calipers, or while in the body using imaging techniques, e.g., ultrasound, computed tomography (CT) or magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) scans.
Tumor size can be determined, for example, by determining tumor weight or tumor volume.
[0161] The amount of a composition described herein that can be combined with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier to produce a single dosage form will vary depending upon the host treated and the particular mode of administration. It will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that the unit content of agent contained in an individual dose of each dosage form need not in itself constitute a therapeutically effective amount, as the necessary therapeutically effective amount could be reached by administration of a number of individual doses.
[0162] Toxicity and therapeutic efficacy of compositions described herein can be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell cultures or experimental animals for determining the LD50 (the dose lethal to 50% of the population) and the ED50, (the dose therapeutically effective in 50% of the population). The dose ratio between toxic =
and therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index that can be expressed as the ratio LD50/ED50, where large therapeutic indices are preferred.
[0163] The specific therapeutically effective dose level for any particular subject will depend upon a variety of factors including the disorder being treated and the severity of the disorder; activity of the specific compound employed; the specific composition employed; the age, body weight, general health, sex and diet of the patient;
the time of administration; the route of administration; the rate of excretion of the composition employed; the duration of the treatment; drugs used in combination or coincidental with the specific compound employed; and like factors well known in the medical arts (see e.g., Koda-Kimble et al. (2004) Applied Therapeutics: The Clinical Use of Drugs, Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, ISBN 0781748453; Winter (2003) Basic Clinical Pharmacokinetics, 4th ed., Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, ISBN 0781741475; Shame! (2004) Applied Biopharmaceutics & Pharmacokinetics, McGraw-Hill/Appleton & Lange, ISBN
0071375503). For example, it is well within the skill of the art to start doses of agents at levels lower than those required to achieve the desired therapeutic effect and to gradually increase the dosage until the desired effect is achieved. If desired, the effective daily dose may be divided into multiple doses for purposes of administration.
Consequently, single dose compositions may contain such amounts or submultiples thereof to make up the daily dose. It will be understood, however, that the total daily usage of the compounds and compositions of the present disclosure will be decided by an attending physician within the scope of sound medical judgment.
[0164] Administration of an MDM2 inhibitor or an EGFR inhibitor as described herein can occur as a single event, a periodic event, or over a time course of treatment.
For example, agents can be administered daily, weekly, bi-weekly, or monthly.
As another example, agents can be administered in multiple treatment sessions, such as 2 weeks on, 2 weeks off, and then repeated twice; or every 3rd day for 3 weeks. An MDM2 inhibitor and an EGFR inhibitor can have the same or different administration protocols.
One of =
ordinary skill will understand these regimes to be exemplary and could design other suitable periodic regimes. For treatment of acute conditions, the time course of treatment will usually be at least several days. Certain conditions could extend treatment from several days to several weeks. For example, treatment could extend over one week, two weeks, or three weeks. For more chronic conditions, treatment could extend from several weeks to several months or even a year or more.
[0165] Treatment in accord with the methods described herein can be performed prior to, concurrent with, or after conventional treatment modalities for a disease, disorder, or condition associated with a target biomolecule for which the compound is specific.
[0166] A combination of an MDM2 inhibitor and an EGFR inhibitor can be administered simultaneously or sequentially with another agent, such as an antibiotic, an antiinflammatory, or another agent. Simultaneous administration can occur through administration of separate compositions, each containing one or more of an inhibitor, an EGFR inhibitor, an antibiotic, an antiinflammatory, or another agent.
Simultaneous administration can occur through administration of one composition containing three or more of an MDM2 inhibitor, an EGFR inhibitor, an antibiotic, an antiinflammatory, or another agent. A combination of an MDM2 inhibitor and an EGFR
inhibitor can be administered sequentially with an antibiotic, an antiinflammatory, or another agent. For example, a combination of an MDM2 inhibitor and an EGFR
inhibitor can be administered before or after administration of an antibiotic, an antiinflammatory, or another agent.
ADMINISTRATION
[0167] Agents and compositions described herein can be administered according to methods described herein in a variety of means known to the art. The agents and composition can be used therapeutically either as exogenous materials or as endogenous materials. Exogenous agents are those produced or manufactured outside of the body and administered to the body. Endogenous agents are those produced or manufactured inside the body by some type of device (biologic or other) for delivery within or to other organs in the body.
[0168] As discussed above, administration can be parenteral, pulmonary, oral, topical, intradermal, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intravenous, subcutaneous, intranasal, epidural, ophthalmic, buccal, or rectal administration.
[0169] Agents and compositions described herein can be administered in a variety of methods well known in the arts. Administration can include, for example, methods involving oral ingestion, direct injection (e.g., systemic or stereotactic), implantation of cells engineered to secrete the factor of interest, drug-releasing biomaterials, polymer matrices, gels, permeable membranes, osmotic systems, multilayer coatings, microparticles, implantable matrix devices, mini-osmotic pumps, implantable pumps, injectable gels and hydrogels, liposomes, micelles (e.g., up to 30 gm), nanospheres (e.g., less than 1 gm), microspheres (e.g., 1-100 gm), reservoir devices, a combination of any of the above, or other suitable delivery vehicles to provide the desired release profile in varying proportions. Other methods of controlled-release delivery of agents or compositions will be , known to the skilled artisan and are within the scope of the present disclosure.
[0170] Delivery systems may include, for example, an infusion pump which may be used to administer the agent or composition in a manner similar to that used for delivering insulin or chemotherapy to specific organs or tumors. Typically, using such a system, an agent or composition is administered in combination with a biodegradable, biocompatible polymeric implant that releases the agent over a controlled period of time at a selected site. Examples of polymeric materials include polyanhydrides, polyorthoesters, polyglycolic acid, polylactic acid, polyethylene vinyl acetate, and copolymers and combinations thereof. In addition, a controlled release system can be placed in proximity of a therapeutic target, thus requiring only a fraction of a systemic dosage.
[0171] Agents can be encapsulated and administered in a variety of carrier delivery systems. Examples of carrier delivery systems include microspheres, hydrogels, polymeric implants, smart polymeric carriers, and liposomes (see generally, Uchegbu and Schatzlein, eds. (2006) Polymers in Drug Delivery, CRC, ISBN-10: 0849325331).
Carrier-based systems for molecular or biomolecular agent delivery can: provide for intracellular delivery; tailor biomolecule/agent release rates; increase the proportion of biomolecule that reaches its site of action; improve the transport of the drug to its site of action; allow colocalized deposition with other agents Or excipients; improve the stability of the agent in vivo; prolong the residence time of the agent at its site of action by reducing clearance;
decrease the nonspecific delivery of the agent to nontarget tissues; decrease irritation caused by the agent; decrease toxicity due to high initial doses of the agent;
alter the immunogenicity of the agent; decrease dosage frequency, improve taste of the product; or improve shelf life of the product.
SCREENING
(0172] Also provided are methods for screening for an MDM2 inhibitor for use in the combinatorial therapy described herein. Candidate substances for screening according to the methods described herein include, but are not limited to, fractions of tissues or cells, nucleic acids, polypeptides, siRNAs, antisense molecules, aptamers, ribozymes, triple helix compounds, antibodies, and small (e.g., less than about 2000 mw, or less than about 1000 mw, or less than about 800 mw) organic molecules or inorganic molecules including but not limited to salts or metals.
[0173] Candidate molecules encompass numerous chemical classes, for example, organic molecules, such as small organic compounds having a molecular weight of more than 50 and less than about 2,500 Da!tons. Candidate molecules can comprise functional groups necessary for structural interaction with proteins, particularly hydrogen bonding, and typically include at least an amine, carbonyl, hydroxyl or carboxyl group, and usually at least two of the functional chemical groups. The candidate molecules can comprise cyclical carbon or heterocyclic structures and/or aromatic or polyaromatic structures substituted with one or more of the above functional groups.
[0174] A candidate molecule can be a compound in a library database of compounds. One of skill in the art will be generally familiar with, for example, numerous databases for commercially available compounds for screening (see e.g., ZINC
database, UCSF, with 2.7 million compounds over 12 distinct subsets of molecules; Irwin and Shoichet (2005) J Chem Inf Model 45, 177-182). One of skill in the art will also be familiar with a variety of search engines to identify commercial sources or desirable compounds " and classes of compounds for further testing (see e.g., ZINC database;
eMolecules.com;
and electronic libraries of commercial compounds provided by vendors, for example:
ChemBridge, Princeton BioMolecular, Ambinter SARL, Enamine, ASDI, Life Chemicals etc).
[01751 Candidate molecules for screening according to the methods described herein include both lead-like compounds and drug-like compounds. A lead-like compound is generally understood to have a relatively smaller scaffold-like structure (e.g., molecular weight of about 150 to about 350 kD) with relatively fewer features (e.g., less than about 3 hydrogen donors and/or less than about 6 hydrogen acceptors; hydrophobicity character xlogP of about -2 to about 4) (see e.g., Angewante (1999) Chemie In ed. Engl.
24, 3943-3948). In contrast, a drug-like compound is generally understood to have a relatively larger scaffold (e.g., molecular weight of about 150 to about 500 kD) with relatively more numerous features (e.g., less than about 10 hydrogen acceptors and/or less than about 8 rotatable bonds; hydrophobicity character xlogP of less than about 5) (see e.g., Lipinski (2000) J. Pharm. Tox. Methods 44, 235-249). Preferably, initial screening is performed with lead-like compounds.
[0176] When designing a lead from spatial orientation data, it can be useful to understand that certain molecular structures are characterized as being "drug-like". Such characterization can be based on a set of empirically recognized qualities derived by comparing similarities across the breadth of known drugs within the pharmacopoeia. While it is not required for drugs to meet all, or even any, of these characterizations, it is far more likely for a drug candidate to meet with clinical successful if it is drug-like.
[0177] Several of these "drug-like" characteristics have been summarized into the four rules of Lipinski (generally known as the "rules of fives" because of the prevalence of the number 5 among them). While these rules generally relate to oral absorption and are used to predict bioavailability of compound during lead optimization, they can serve as effective guidelines for constructing a lead molecule during rational drug design efforts such as may be accomplished by using the methods of the present disclosure.
[0178] The four "rules of five" state that a candidate drug-like compound should have at least three of the following characteristics: (i) a weight less than 500 Da!tons; (ii) a log of P less than 5; (iii) no more than 5 hydrogen bond donors (expressed as the sum of OH and NH groups); and (iv) no more than 10 hydrogen bond acceptors (the sum of N
and 0 atoms). Also, drug-like molecules typically have a span (breadth) of between about 8A to about 15A.
KITS
[0179] Also provided are kits. Such kits can include the compositions of the present invention and, in certain embodiments, instructions for administration. Such kits can facilitate performance of the methods described herein, for example, treatment methodologies or screening methodologies. When supplied as a kit, the different components of the composition can be packaged in separate containers and admixed immediately before use. Components include, but are not limited to one or more compounds described herein, vectors, diagnostic reagents, assay reagents, and/or combinations thereof. Such packaging of the components separately can, if desired, be presented in a pack or dispenser device which may contain one or more unit dosage forms containing the composition. The pack may, for example, comprise metal or plastic foil such as a blister pack. Such packaging of the components separately can also, in certain instances, permit long-term storage without losing activity of the components.
[0180] Kits may also include reagents in separate containers such as, for example, sterile water or saline to be added to a lyophilized active component packaged separately.
For example, sealed glass ampules may contain a lyophilized component and in a separate ampule, sterile water, or sterile saline, each of which has been packaged under a neutral non-reacting gas, such as nitrogen. Ampules may consist of any suitable material, such as glass, organic polymers, such as polycarbonate, polystyrene, ceramic, metal or any other material typically employed to hold reagents. Other examples of suitable containers include bottles that may be fabricated from similar substances as ampules, and envelopes that may consist of foil-lined interiors, such as aluminum or an alloy. Other containers include test tubes, vials, flasks, bottles, syringes, and the like.
Containers may have a sterile access port, such as a bottle having a stopper that can be pierced by a hypodermic injection needle. Other containers may have two compartments that are separated by a readily removable membrane that upon removal permits the components to mix. Removable membranes may be glass, plastic, rubber, and the like.
[0181] In certain embodiments, kits can be supplied with instructional materials.
Instructions may be printed on paper or other substrate, and/or may be supplied as an electronic-readable medium, such as a floppy disc, mini-CD-ROM, CD-ROM, DVD-ROM, Zip disc, videotape, audio tape, and the like. Detailed instructions may not be physically associated with the kit; instead, a user may be directed to an Internet web site specified by the manufacturer or distributor of the kit.
[0182] Compositions and methods described herein utilizing molecular biology protocols can be according to a variety of standard techniques known to the art (see, e.g., Sambrook and Russel (2006) Condensed Protocols from Molecular Cloning: A
Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, ISBN-10: 0879697717; Ausubel et al.
(2002) Short Protocols in Molecular Biology, 5th ed., Current Protocols, ISBN-
10:
0471250929; Sambrook and Russel (2001) Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 3d ed., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, ISBN-10: 0879695773; Elhai, J. and Wolk, C.
P. 1988. Methods in Enzymology 167, 747-754; Studier (2005) Protein Expr Purif. 41(1), 207-234; Gellissen, ed. (2005) Production of Recombinant Proteins: Novel Microbial and Eukaryotic Expression Systems, VViley-VCH, ISBN-10: 3527310363; Baneyx (2004) Protein Expression Technologies, Taylor & Francis, ISBN-10: 0954523253).
[0183] Definitions and methods described herein are provided to better define the present disclosure and to guide those of ordinary skill in the art in the practice of the present disclosure. Unless otherwise noted, terms are to be understood according to conventional usage by those of ordinary skill in the relevant art.
[0184] In some embodiments, numbers expressing quantities of ingredients, properties such as molecular weight, reaction conditions, and so forth, used to describe and claim certain embodiments of the present disclosure are to be understood as being modified in some instances by the term "about." In some embodiments, the term "about"
is used to indicate that a value includes the standard deviation of the mean for the device or method being employed to determine the value. In some embodiments, the numerical parameters set forth in the written description and attached claims are approximations that can vary depending upon the desired properties sought to be obtained by a particular embodiment. In some embodiments, the numerical parameters should be construed in light of the number of reported significant digits and by applying ordinary rounding techniques. Notwithstanding that the numerical ranges and parameters setting forth the broad scope of some embodiments of the present disclosure are approximations, the numerical values set forth in the specific examples are reported as precisely as practicable. The numerical values presented in some embodiments of the present disclosure may contain certain errors necessarily resulting from the standard deviation found in their respective testing measurements. The recitation of ranges of values herein is merely intended to serve as a shorthand method of referring individually to each separate value falling within the range. Unless otherwise indicated herein, each individual value is incorporated into the specification as if it were individually recited herein.
=
[01853 In some embodiments, the terms "a" and "an" and "the" and similar references used in the context of describing a particular embodiment (especially in the context of certain of the following claims) can be construed to cover both the singular and the plural, unless specifically noted otherwise. In some embodiments, the term "or" as used herein, including the claims, is used to mean "and/or" unless explicitly indicated to refer to alternatives only or the alternatives are mutually exclusive.
[0186] The terms "comprise," "have" and "include" are open-ended linking verbs.
Any forms or tenses of one or more of these verbs, such as "comprises,"
"comprising,"
"has," "having," "includes" and "including," are also open-ended. For example, any method that "comprises," "has" or "includes" one or more steps is not limited to possessing only those one or more steps and can also cover other unlisted steps.
Similarly, any composition or device that "comprises," "has" or "includes" one or more features is not limited to possessing only those one or more features and can cover other unlisted features.
[0187] All methods described herein can be performed in any suitable order unless otherwise indicated herein or otherwise clearly contradicted by context. The use of any and all examples, or exemplary language (e.g. "such as") provided with respect to certain embodiments herein is intended merely to better illuminate the present disclosure and does not pose a limitation on the scope of the present disclosure otherwise claimed. No language in the specification should be construed as indicating any non-claimed element essential to the practice of the present disclosure.
[0188] Groupings of alternative elements or embodiments of the present disclosure disclosed herein are not to be construed as limitations. Each group member can be referred to and claimed individually or in any combination with other members of the group or other elements found herein. One or more members of a group can be included in, or deleted from, a group for reasons of convenience or patentability. When any such inclusion or deletion occurs, the specification is herein deemed to contain the group as modified thus fulfilling the written description of all Markush groups used in the appended claims.
[0189] Citation of a reference herein shall not be construed as an admission that such is prior art to the present disclosure. =
[0190] Having described the present disclosure in detail, it will be apparent that modifications, variations, and equivalent embodiments are possible without departing the scope of the present disclosure defined in the appended claims. Furthermore, it should be appreciated that all examples in the present disclosure are provided as non-limiting = examples.
EXAMPLES
[0191] The following non-limiting examples are provided to further illustrate the present disclosure. It should be appreciated by those of skill in the art that the techniques disclosed in the examples that follow represent approaches the inventors have found function well in the practice of the present disclosure, and thus can be considered to constitute examples of modes for its practice. However, those of skill in the art should, in light of the present disclosure, appreciate that many changes can be made in the specific embodiments that are disclosed and still obtain a like or similar result without departing from the scope of the present disclosure.
EXAMPLE 1: ALPHASCREEN MEASUREMENT OF P53/MDM2 INTERACTION (USING
TRUNCATED MDM2) [01921 The following example describes an assay that measured the ability of compounds to inhibit the binding of p53 to MDM2 using the AlphaScreen assay technology (PerkinElmer). The following protocol is an adaptation of the method described by H.R. Lawrence et al. (Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 19 (2009) 3756-3759).
Recombinant, truncated, human, N-terminal GST-MDM2 (aa 1-150) was obtained from GeneScript.
Wild-type, full length human N-terminal 6-his p53 was purchased from SignalChem.
[0193] Resulting in a final reaction volume of 241.tIPBS, 0.1% Tween-20, and 10%
glycerol, 30 ng of MDM2 was added, followed by the addition of 1p.l of compound diluted in 100% DMSO that provided a final DMSO concentration of 4%. 30 ng of p53 was then added, mixed, and incubated at room temperature for 1 hour. Glutathione donor beads and Nickel acceptor beads (0.5 lig each; PerkinElmer) were added under subdued lighting conditions to a final reaction volume of 30 p.I /well in a 96 well, 1/2 volume Proxima plate.
The reaction was incubated at room temperature with shaking for 18 hrs in the dark.
Analysis was then performed on a PerkinElmer EnSpire plate reader to determine the ability of compounds to inhibit the binding of p53 to MDM2.
EXAMPLE 2: DNA FRAGMENTATION, MEASUREMENT OF APOPTOSIS
[0194] The following example describes an assay that measured the ability of compounds to induce DNA fragmentation, an indicator of cell apoptosis, using the Roche Cell Death Detection ELISA kit (Cat #11920 685 001). Methods are according to Example 1 unless otherwise specified.
[0195] Tissue Culture. On day 1, seed A549 cells (10,000 cells/well at 200 I/well) in tissue culture media (RPMI-1640 with 1% sodium pyruvate, 1% Pen-Strep, 1% L-Glutamine and 10% FBS) were placed in 96-well, tissue culture-treated plates.
The plates were allowed to incubate overnight @ 37 C, 5% CO2. On day 2, the media was removed from the plates and 160 p.I media containing 5% FBS was added. 40 I of media-containing test compound in 100% DMSO (prepared at 5x the dosing concentration) was added to the existing media resulting in a final DMSO concentration of 0.5%.
Cells were incubated in the presence of a compound for 24 his @ 37 C, 5% CO2.
[0196] DNA Fragmentation Assay. After 24 hrs, the abovementioned plates were centrifuged at 200 x g for 10 min. The media was removed by gently inverting the plate and disposing of the media onto a paper towel. The plates were tapped gently to remove excess media. 200 I lysis buffer was added to each well, and mixed by shaking at 300 rpm. The plates were incubated at room temperature for 30 min. The plates were centrifuged at 200 x g for 10 min and 20 I of lysis supematant was removed for use in ELISA analysis to detect cell death.
[0197] ELISA Analysis. 20 I of the cell lysis supematant was placed into streptavidin-coated plates with 20 I positive control and 20 I incubation buffer negative control. Add 80 pl Immunoreagent (for DNA fragment detection) to each well.
The wells were covered with foil adhesive and shaken at 300 rpm for 2 h at room temperature. The supernatant solution was removed and the wells were washed 3 times with 300 p.I =
incubation buffer. 100 pl of ABTS detection substrate was added to each well.
The wells were incubated on a plate shaker at 250 rpm for approximately 10-20 min. 100 pl ABTS of stop buffer was then added. The absorbance was read at 400 and 492 nm on PolarStar plate reader. The absorbance measures the colored product spectrophotometrically, correlating with apoptosis.
EXAMPLE 3: PROTEOME PROFILE, MEASUREMENT OF APOPTOSIS
[0198] This example describes an assay that measured the relative expression levels of 35 apoptosis-related proteins in a single sample of whole cell extract. Methods are according to Examples 1-2 unless otherwise specified.
[0199] The protocol and reagents were purchased from R&D systems (Human apoptosis array kit; cat. # ARY009). The kit consisted of an antibody array spotted on nitrocellulose membranes with each specific antibody printed in duplicate. The detection antibodies were biotinylated so they could be used with a streptavidin-HRP
conjugate designed for chemiluminescent imaging. The protocol was modified to utilize the LiCor infrared imaging technology by substituting an infrared 680 nm-tagged streptavidin.
(0200] Tissue Culture. A549 NSCLC cells were seeded in 6 well tissue culture plates in RPMI-1640 supplemented with 5% FBS at a density of 1x106cells /
well, 2 ml!
well and allowed to incubate overnight at 37 C, 5 % CO2, and 85% relative humidity.
(02011 The following day, two I of compound dilutions in 100% DMSO were added to the appropriate wells resulting in a final concentration of 5 M. The plates were then incubated for 6 hours at 37 C, 5 c1/0 CO2, and 85 % relative humidity.
Following incubation, the cells were washed with 2 ml of PBS, then lysed with 500 p.1/
well of Lysis buffer, supplemented with a 1/200 dilution of mammalian protease inhibitor cocktail (Sigma Aldrich). The plates were shaken for 30 min at room temperature, spun @
14,000 x g for 5 minutes. 250 I of the supernatant was removed and added to 1.25 ml of Assay buffer 1. The supernatant and Assay buffer 1 were incubated with membranes overnight at room temperature with shaking.
[0202] The following day, the membranes were washed 3 times for 10 min each, with 1 X wash buffer in individual 50 ml Falcon tubes at room temperature with rotation.
The membranes were incubated with a 1/100 dilution of biotinylated detection antibodies for 3 hours at room temperature with shaking.
[0203] The membranes were washed, then incubated with a 1/1000 dilution of IR
680nm-labeled streptavidin (LiCor) for 60 minutes with shaking in the dark.
The membranes were again washed. Excess buffer was blotted from membranes, placed between two pieces of transparent plastic and imaged on the LiCor infrared imager. The LiCor Odyssey software is used to quantitate the pixel intensity of each spot in the array.
EXAMPLE 4: P53 IN-CELL WESTERN, MEASUREMENT OF PHOSPHORYLA TED P53 [0204] This example describes an assay that measures the relative expression of human p53 and phospho-p53 (S15) in intact, formaldehyde-fixed, A549 NSCLC
cells in a 96 well format. Methods are according to Examples 1-3 unless otherwise specified.
[0205] The procedure was adapted from a protocol suggested by LiCor Biosciences.
(0206] First, A549 NSCLC cells were seeded in black 96 well clear bottom tissue culture plates at a density of 25,000 cells/well, 200 l/well, in RPMI-1640 supplemented with 5 % FBS and allowed to incubate overnight at 37 C, 5 % CO2, and 85 %
relative humidity.
(0207] One I of compound titrations in DMSO was added to each well and allowed to incubate for 8 and 30 hrs at 37 C, 5 % CO2, and 85% relative humidity for the determination of phospho p53(S15) and total p53, respectively. The media was removed, then 150 l/well of 4% formaldehyde in PBS was added and incubated at room temperature for 30 min.
[0208] The wells were washed 5X for 5 minutes each, using 200 l/well of 0.1%
Triton X-100 in PBS with shaking to ensure permeation of the cells. 150 l/well of Odyssey Blocking buffer (LiCor) was added to the wells and allowed to shake for 90 minutes at room temperature.
[0209] Next, the blocking buffer was removed, then incubated with 50 l/well of a 1/250 dilution of either: (1) polyclonal Goat anti-human p53 or; (2) a 1/40 dilution of polyclonal Rbt anti human phospho (S15) p53 for 16 hrs at room temperature with shaking. The wells were washed 5x for 5 min each with 0.1% Tween-20 in PBS
with shaking.
[023.0] The cells were then incubated with 50 l/well of either: (1) a 1/5000 dilution of Donkey anti Goat IgG IR 800 nm or; (2) Goat anti-Rbt IR 800 nm containing a dilution of DRAQ7 and 1/1000 dilution of Sapphire 700 for 2-3 hrs at room temperature with shaking in the dark.
[0211] Finally, the wells were washed 5 times for 5 min each with 0.1%
Tween-20 in PBS, with shaking in the dark. The plates were patted dry, then imaged using the LiCor infrared reader. Odyssey software was used to quantify the pixel intensity within each well.
EXAMPLE 5: MEASUREMENT OF CELL PROUFERA770N INHIBITION
[0212] This example describes an assay that measures the ability of compounds to inhibit the proliferation of cultured cells. This assay can also be used to assess whether combining two or more compounds produces additive, synergistic, or antagonistic effects on cell growth. Methods are according to Examples 1-4 unless otherwise specified.
[0213] On day 1, the cells were seeded at 103 cells per well in 100 I of complete media under standard conditions.
[0214] On day 2, the cells were washed and 100 I serum free media was added.
The cells were then incubated for at least 2 hours before the addition of compound(s). 20 I of compound(s) was added to the respective wells and incubated at 37 C, 5 %
for 72 hrs.
[0215] On day 5, 50 I of the MIT dye solution was added to each well. The plates were incubated at 37 C, 5% CO2 for 1 hr. The media was then aspirated and the cells were resuspended in 100 I of DMSO. The plates were allowed to incubate for 5 min at room temperature with gentle shaking.
[0216] The absorbance in each well was determined at 560 nm using a Polarstar plate reader.
EXAMPLE 6: MEASUREMENT OF P53 CELLULAR ACTIVITY
[0217] This example describes an assay that measures the ability of compounds to stimulate p53-induced reporter gene activity. In order for p53 activity to be observed, the interaction of p53 with MDM2 must be inhibited. Methods are according to Examples 1-5 unless otherwise specified.
[0218] HEK293 cells were transiently transfected with the inducible p53-responsive firefly luciferase reporter and constitutively-expressing Renilla construct.
After 16 hrs of transfection at 37 C, 5% CO2, the transfection media was removed and 200 l/well of assay media was added. The cells were then incubated for 8 hrs at 37 C, 5%
CO2.
[0219] 1 ml of compound(s) was added to the cells and incubated for 16 hrs at 37 C and 5 % CO2. The cells were carefully washed with 200 p.1 of PBS. 20 p.L of lysis =
buffer was then added to each well and incubated at room temperature for 15 minutes with shaking.
[0220] The lysis buffer supernatant was transferred to a white/opaque CoStar 96-well plate and 100 I of firefly luceriferase assay substrate was added. The luminescence in each well was determined using a Polarstar plate reader.
[0221] 100 I of Stop and Glow reagent was added to each well, mixed, and the luminescence generated by the Renilla luciferase was determined using a Polarstar plate reader. The Renilla signal was used to normalize the transfection efficiency and cell viability.
EXAMPLE 7: CASPASE ACTIVITY: MEASUREMENT OF APOPTOSIS
[0222] This example describes an assay that measures the ability of compounds to increase the activity of caspase 3/7 activity. Methods are according to Examples 1-6 unless otherwise specified.
[0223] On day 1, 2000 cells were plated per well at 25 l/well. The cells were incubated overnight 37 C, 5 % CO2.
[0224] On day 2, the cells were washed with PBS and 100 I serum free media were added to the cells and incubated overnight.
[0225] On day 3, the cells were treated with the compound(s) diluted in 25 1/well of DMEM, with 1mg/m1 BSA. (no FBS). The plates were incubated for 5.5 hr at 37 C.
The plates were removed from the incubator and allowed to equilibrate to room temperature for 30 min. 25 I of Capsase Glo reagent was added to each well. The plates were covered and allowed to incubate at room temperature for 60 min. The luminescence in each well was determined using a plate reader.
EXAMPLE 8: AD4 COMPOUNDS INHIBIT CELL PROLIFERATION AND DEMONSTRATE
SYNERGISTIC EFFECT WITH TARCEVA
[0226] The following example provides preliminary assessment of the ability of selected AD4 compounds to inhibit EGF-mediated cell proliferation using the A431 cell proliferation assay and to demonstrated synergistic effects with Tarceva.
Methods are according to Examples 1-7 unless otherwise specified. Compound structures are as disclosed in U.S. Application Serial No. 12/986,146 and WO 2011/085126.
[0227] The A431 cell line over-expresses the EGF receptor, and was utilized to assess the ability of AD4 compounds to inhibit EGF-mediated cell proliferation. A number of compounds inhibit cell proliferation in the A431 cell line, with IC50 values ranging from 1.0-3.7 M (see e.g., TABLE 6A). Tarceva inhibits cell proliferation with an IC50 value of 0.8 M (see e.g., TABLE 6A).
[0228] These results indicate that the AD4 compounds inhibit cell proliferation by interfering with a pathway that can potentiate the effects of the EGF
inhibitor.
[0229] Furthermore, AD4 compounds demonstrated synergistic effects with Tarceva (see e.g., TABLE 6B). Cl values <0.8 indicate a synergistic effect. Except for 11511, all of the tested AD4 compounds produced synergy when combined with Tarceva.
AD4-1505 and AD4-10963 produced the greatest effects.
[0230] These results indicate that the combination AD4/Tarceva compounds inhibit cell proliferation by interfering with a pathway that can potentiate the effects of the EGF
receptor inhibitor.
TABLE 6: AD4 Compounds Inhibit Cell Proliferation and Demonstrate Synergistic Effect with Tarceva =
(A) (B) Compound A431 Cell Proliferation A431 Cell Proliferation (IC50, 011) Cl Value Tarceva 0.8 AD4-1505 3.7 0.45 AD4-10963 3.4 0.43 AD4-11511 1.0 0.89 AD4-10482 3.6 0.54 AD4-10483 1.2 0.70 AD4-10942 3.2 0.60 AD4-10944 1.8 0.52 AD4-10628 1.0 0.76 EXAMPLE 9: FURTHER STUDIES SHOWING AD4 COMPOUNDS INHIBIT CELL
PROLJFERATION AND DEMONSTRATE SYNERGISTIC EFFECT WITH TARCEVA
[0231] Based on preliminary results in Example 8, further testing was conducted.
The following example describes the investigation of a compound's ability to inhibit cell proliferation in A431 cells, which overexpress EGF receptors. Methods are according to Examples 1-7 unless otherwise specified. Compound structures are as disclosed in U.S.
Application Serial No. 12/986,146 and WO 2011/085126.
[0232] The results demonstrate that all AD4 compounds inhibit cell proliferation with an IC50 value < 10 M, and six of the AD4 compounds inhibit cell proliferation with an IC50 value < 1 M (see e.g., TABLE 7A). For comparison, Tarceva, an EGF receptor kinase inhibitor, produced an IC50 value of 0.8 M. The IC50 values for AD4 compounds compared to Tarceva are on the same order of magnitude, displaying similar cell proliferation inhibition.
[0233] Furthermore, AD4 compounds in combination with Tarceva were shown to produce a synergistic effect. A number of compounds in the AD4 series were evaluated for their ability to produce synergistic effects (Cl value < 0.8) with Tarceva in the A431 cell proliferation assay (see Example 5).
[0234] Results show that most AD4 compounds tested in combination with Tarceva produce a Cl value <0.8, which indicates synergy (see e.g., TABLE 7B).
[0235] These results indicate that the AD4 compounds inhibit cell proliferation by interfering with a pathway that can potentiate the effects of EGF receptor inhibitors.
TABLE 7: A431 Cell Proliferation Compound (A) (B) (C) A431 Cell Proliferation A431 Cell Proliferation p53/MDM2 (1C50Value, uM) Cl Value IC50 Value (JiM) AD4-1505 3.7 0.29 3.6 AD4-10315 3.5 0.79 1.5 AD4-10381 0.62 0.62 _ AD4-10460 1.1 0.65 AD4-10482 3.6 0.89 18 AD4-10483 1.2 0.75 4.6 AD4-10484 1.3 0.97 7.4 AD4-10628 1.0 0.57 4.0 AD4-10942 3.2 0.57 18 AD4-10944 1.8 0.79 17 AD4-10945 2.7 0.65 4.6 AD4-10963 3.4 0.63 2.0 AD4-11511 1.0 0.89 4.3 .
A04-12632 6.0 0.29 AD4-12902 1.6 0.7 9.4 AD4-12903 1.8 0.67 18 AD4-12905 1.6 0.67 14 AD4-12906 2.8 0.66 4.4 AD4-12907 2.6 0.71 9.2 AD4-12908 4.2 0.64 AD4-12909 6.7 0.54 4.2 AD4-12910 1.8 0.69 7.5 AD4-12911 1.4 0.76 _ AD4-12912 1.2 0.70 AD4-12914 1.4 0.74 AD4-12915 1.1 0.68 AD4-12917 1.6 0.54 3.6 AD4-12918 2.2 0.65 5.2 AD4-13023 1.8 0.74 AD4-13028 1.8 0.76 AD4-13029 1.8 0.83 AD4-13030 2.0 0.83 AD4-13031 1.6 0.74 AD4-13032 1.8 0.69 AD4-13033 1.9 0.80 AD4-13034 1.9 0.70 AD4-13041 2.0 0.69 AD4-13042 2.2 0.81 AD4-13043 2.1 0.81 AD4-13049 1.8 0.84 AD4-13051 1.6 0.72 AD4-13052 1.0 0.75 =
AD4-13053 1.4 0.78 12 AD4-13054 2.1 0.61 9.0 AD4-13055 1.5 0.75 = AD4-13056 1.9 0.63 A04-13057 1.1 0.83 AD4-13058 2.3 0.50 41 AD4-13059 1.0 0.71 AD4-13060 1.5 0.76 AD4-13061 2.2 0.79 AD4-13062 2.5 0.57 44 AD4-13063 4.4 0.77 AD4-13064 5.1 0.64 AD4-13065 4.6 0.61 AD4-13066 5.4 0.60 AD4-13067 1.8 0.63 8.0 AD4-13068 5.8 0.68 A04-13069 0.92 0.91 AD4-13070 1.9 0.65 8.0 , AD4-13071 3.5 0.70 AD4-13072 0.77 0.74 . AD4-13073 1.6 0.85 AD4-13075 1.4 0.83 AD4-13076 1.4 0.71 AD4-13079 1.8 0.91 AD4-13080 2.5 0.68 6.0 AD4-13082 1.9 0.90 AD4-13085 1.7 0.86 AD4:13086 1.5 0.80 AD4-13087 1.8 0.70 , AD4-13088 1.5 0.76 AD4-13089 1.9 0.67 16 AD4-13091 1.6 0.89 AD4-13092 1.5 0.79 \
AD4-13093 1.8 0.80 AD4-13094 1.3 0.76 =
AD4-13095 0.83 0.75 AD4-13096 3.0 0.61 AD4-13098 1.6 0.86 AD4-13099 2.1 0.61 10 AD4-13101 2.1 0.66 20 .
AD4-13102 1.4 0.75 , AD4-13103 1.4 0.79 AD4-13104 2.8 0.67 .
AD4-13106 0.65 0.75 .
A04-13107 1.7 0.64 , AD4-13108 1.6 0.84 AD4-13109 1.5 0.88 =
AD4-13111 0.74 0.95 AD4-13112 2.1 0.73 .
AD4-13113 1.6 0.59 9.0 AD4-13114 0.86 0.81 AD4-13115 1.6 0.74 , AD4-13116 1.8 0.52 13 , AD4-13117 1.3 0.72 .
AD4-13118 1.5 0.60 24 AD4-13121 1.9 0.75 , AD4-13122 1.6 0.84 AD4-13123 1.3 0.71 AD4-13124 1.6 0.76 AD4-13125 1.7 0.70 AD4-13132 1.9 0.82 AD4-13139 1.4 0.75 AD4-13145 2.4 0.86 AD4-13177 2.0 0.9 AD4-13181 2.2 0.89 AD4-13193 4.7 0.92 24 _ AD4-13194 5.3 0.97 26 A04-13195 5.8 0.81 25 AD4-13196 5.0 0.69 10 AD4-13197 3.4 0.63 18 AD4-13198 3.0 0.87 AD4-13199 2.0 1.1 AD4-13200 1.5 0.97 AD4-13201 2.0 0.82 AD4-13202 1.8 0.87 10 , AD4-13243 2.2 0.56 8.5 _ EXAMPLE 10: AD4 COMPOUNDS INHIBIT BINDING OF P53 AND MDM2 [0236] The following example demonstrates the ability of AD4 compounds to inhibit the binding of p53 and MDM2 in a biochemical assay. Methods are according to Examples 1-7 unless otherwise specified. Compound structures are as disclosed in U.S.
Application Serial NO. 12/986,146 and WO 2011/085126.
(0237] The results, which are summarized in TABLE 9, indicate that many of the AD4 compounds inhibit the binding of p53 and MDM2 with an IC50 value < 10 M.
TABLE 9: Inhibition of p53/MDM2 Binding Compound IC 50 Value ( M) _ Compound IC50 Value ( M) AD4-1505 4.2 AD4-10968 . 5.4 AD4-1973 4.6 AD4-11000 17 AD4-1976 5.6 AD4-11017 3.4 AD4-1978 16 AD4-11042 = 18 .
AD4-1991 5.0 AD4-11057 20 AD4-1997 8.0 AD4-11072 49 'AD4-10013 16 AD4-11073 20 , AD4-10016 5.5 AD4-11102 17 A04-10017 3.5 AD4-11103 4.2 AD4-10028 7.1 AD4-11105 21 AD4-10031 6.3 AD4-11151 4.3 AD4-10037 7.6 AD4-11153 3.4 AD4-10051 19 AD4-12902 9.4 AD4-10055 19 AD4-12906 4.4 AD4-10068 18 AD4-12907 9.2 _ AD4-10086 5.7 AD4-12909 4.2 -AD4-10087 7.7 AD4-12910 7.5 AD4-10101 7.0 AD4-12917 3.6 AD4-10108 10 AD4-12918 5.2 AD4-10143 21 AD4-12941 9.5 _ _ AD4-10144 5.8 AD4-13053 12 AD4-10315 1.5 AD4-13054 9.0 AD4-10427 21 AD4-13058 41 .
AD4-10430 .5.0 AD4-13062 44 . i AD4-10460 6.2 AD4-13067 8.0 AD4-10466 13 AD4-13070 8.0 .
AD4-10482 18 AD4-13080 6.0 A04-10483 4.6 AD4-13089 16 AD4-10484 7.4 AD4-13099 10 AD4-10546 3.1 AD4-13113 9.0 AD4-10547 4.3 AD4-13116 13 AD4-10550 9.3 AD4-13118 24 AD4-10628 4.0 AD4-13195 26 AD4-10939 8.6 AD4-13202 10 AD4-10945 4.6 AD4-13214 20 AD4-10952 0.33 AD4-13219 30 AD4-10955 20 AD4-13243 8.5 AD4-10957 61 AD4-13256 9.7 AD4-10958 10 AD4-13262 5.0 AD4-10959 3.4 AD4-13263 4.7 A04-10960 17 AD4-13264 4.5 AD4-10961 0.92 AD4-13265 3.4 AD4-10963 2.0 .
[0238] The following example demonstrates that combination AD4 / Tarceva compounds that inhibit cell proliferation with synergistic effects also inhibit p53/MDM2 binding. Methods are according to Examples 1-7 unless otherwise specified.
Compound structures are as disclosed in U.S. Application Serial No. 12/986,146 and WO
2011/085126.
[ 0 2 3 9 ] The p53/MDM2 results for the compounds (equivalent compounds also evaluated in the A431 cell proliferation assay) are shown in TABLE 6C. These results show that compounds that inhibit cell proliferation in a cell line that over-expresses the EGF receptor, and that produce synergy with the EGF receptor inhibitor, Tarceva, are able to inhibit the binding of p53 and MDM2. As a result, compounds that inhibit the binding of , p53 and MDM2 may provide a novel therapeutic approach for enhancing the activity of compounds that inhibit EGF receptor activity, such as Tarceva.
EXAMPLE 12: AD4 COMPOUNDS INHIBIT BINDING OF P53 WITH MDM2 [ 0 2 4 0] The following example demonstrates a series of identified compounds that inhibit binding of p53 with MDM2. Methods are according to Examples 1-7 unless otherwise specified. The assay was performed as described in Example 1, except that recombinant full length human N-terminal GST-MDM2 was used and obtained from ABNOVA, and the wild type, full length human N-terminal 6-his p53 was purchased from Fisher Scientific Co. Compound structures are as disclosed in U.S. Application Serial No.
12/986,146 and WO 2011/085126.
[0241] The compounds studied in this example were AD4 1505, AD4 10963, AD4 11511, AD4 10482, AD4 10942, AD4 10944, and AD4 10628.
[0242] The most potent of the compounds studied in this example (see e.g.
FIG. 1) were AD4-10963 and AD4-1505, which inhibit binding of the proteins with EC50 values of 100 and 270 nM, respectively.
EXAMPLE 13: AD4 COMPOUNDS INHIBIT INTERAC770N OF P53 AND MDM2 [0243] The following example demonstrates selected compounds that stimulated p53 reporter gene activity using the p53 reporter gene assay. Methods are according to Examples 1-7 unless otherwise specified. Compound structures are as disclosed in U.S.
Application Serial No. 12/986,146 and WO 2011/085126.
[0244] Assessed compounds were chosen from those that potentlyinhibit activity in the p53/MDM2 biochemical assay.
[0245] At a concentration of 10 M, AD4-1505, AD4-10953 and AD4-10944 stimulated p53 reporter gene activity by 42.5-, 9.7- and 7.5-fold, respectively. These results show that the compounds effectively inhibit the interaction of p53 and MDM2 in the cell.
EXAMPLE 14: CORRELATION OF P53/MDM2 INHIBITION AND ABILJTY OF AD4 COMPOUNDS TO PRODUCE SYNERGY WITH TARCEVA
[0246] A correlation plot shows the relationship between the ability of compounds to inhibit p53/MDM2 binding (see Example 13) and the ability to produce synergy with Tarceva (see Example 11) in the A431 cell proliferation assay. Compound structures are as disclosed in U.S. Application Serial No. 12/986,146 and WO 2011/085126.
[0247] Methods are according to Examples 1-7 unless otherwise specified.
[0248] A significant correlation was observed, with an R2value = 0.70 (p <0.05) (see e.g., FIG. 3).
EXAMPLE 15: AD4 COMPOUNDS INDUCE APOPTOSIS AS MEASURED BY DNA
FRAGMENTATION
[0249] The following example demonstrates the ability of compounds to induce apoptosis evaluated by measuring the ability of compounds to induce DNA
fragmentation.
Methods are according to Examples 1-7 unless otherwise specified. Compound structures are as disclosed in U.S. Application Serial No. 12/986,146 and WO 2011/085126.
[02 5 0] The ability of compounds to induce DNA fragmentation was evaluated as an additional measure of apoptosis in A549 lung cancer cells. The percent increase in DNA
fragmentation produced by compounds at a concentration of 1 and 100 were compared to background, and to the response produced by 500 nM staurosporin.
(0253.] The results for those compounds that produced a 20% increase in response relative to staurosporin are summarized in TABLE 10. A total of 28 compounds were found active. .
TABLE 10: Induction of DNA Fragmentation in A549 Cells % Inc. over Background % Inc. Relative to Staurosporin (500 nM) Compound 1 uM 10 ithl li.tM 101.tM
' EXAMPLE 16: AD4 COMPOUNDS INDUCE APOPTOSIS AS MEASURED BY INCREASES DNA
FRAGMENTATION
[0252] The following example demonstrates the activity of compounds on p53 using ' a p53 In Cell Western assay. Methods are according to Examples 1-7 unless otherwise specified. Compound structures are as disclosed in U.S. Application Serial No.
12/986,146 and WO 2011/085126.
[0253] Using antibodies to total p53 or p53 phosphorylated at S15, the ability of compounds to alter the expression of total p53 in the cell, or the amount of phosphorylated S15 p53, were assessed.
[0254] The results indicate that AD4-13243, which increased DNA
fragmentation and increased phosphorylated p53 in the proteome profile assay, significantly increased both total p53 expression and Si 5p-p53 at concentrations of about 1-3 M.
These results demonstrate that AD4-13243 can induce apoptosis by increasing the expression of p53.
EXAMPLE 17: COMBINATION AD4/TARCEVA SYNERGISTICALLY INDUCE APOPTOSIS
[0255] The following example demonstrates the ability of compounds to induce apoptosis evaluated by the measurement of the ability of compounds to induce caspase 3/7 activity. Methods are according to Examples 1-7 unless otherwise specified.
Compound structures are as disclosed in U.S. Application Serial No. 12/986,146 and WO
2011/085126.
[0256] In the caspase assay, which was conducted in A431 cells, compounds were evaluated for their ability to induce apoptosis, relative to the effect produced by 8 M
Tarceva alone. Additionally, cells were evaluated for synergistic effects of compounds in combination with Tarceva. The maximal effect (100 %) was defined using 500 nM staurosporin (a compound commonly used to induce apoptosis, in vitro).
Synergy was determined by determining whether the effect of the combination of Tarceva plus the AD4 compound produced a greater effect than the sum of the effect of Tarceva alone and the AD4 compound alone.
[0257] The results of these studies, which are summarized in TABLE 11, indicate that several compounds induce apoptosis as measured by an increase in caspase.
Furthermore, these compounds produce synergy with Tarceva in this assay.
TABLE 11: Caspase 3/7 Activity Compound % Inc. Relative to Synergy with Tarceva Tarceva AD4-13072 52% Yes AD4-13095 27% Yes AD4-13107 48% = Yes A04-13181 73% Yes AD4-13185 37% Yes AD4-13192 131% Yes AD4-13240 221% Yes AD4-13254 67% Yes EXAMPLE 18: COMBINATION AD4/TARCEVA COMPOUNDS INDUCE APOPTOSIS WITH NO
MEASURABLE CYTOTOXICITY
[0258] The following example demonstrates selected compounds that induce apoptosis. Methods are according to Examples 1-7 unless otherwise specified.
Compound structures are as disclosed in U.S. Application Serial No. 12/986,146 and WO
2011/085126.
[0259] Compounds that inhibit proliferation of cancer cells produce a cytostatic effect, whereas compounds that induce apoptosis, or cell death, of cancer cells are cytotoxic.
[0260] Compounds were evaluated for induced apoptosis measured by the induction of caspase 3/7 activity (see Example 7). The ability of compounds to induce caspase 3/7 activity in A431 cells at a concentration of 10 jiM is compared to the effect produced by 10 M Tarceva.
[0261] The results (see e.g., TABLE 12) indicate that all of the compounds induce apoptosis, some of which (e.g. AD4-10628, AD4-10483 and AD4-11511) produce an effect equal to or greater than Tarceva. None of these compounds were found to produce measurable cytotoxicity in A431 cells.
% increase Compound Relative to Tarceva AD4-1505 45%
AD4-10963 38%
AD4-11511 137%
AD4-10482 21%
AD4-10483 112%
AD4-10942 72%
AD4-10944 72%
AD4-10628 145%
[0262] The effect of the compounds when combined with Tarceva in the apoptosis assay was also evaluated (see e.g., FIG. 4). The combination of AD4-10483 and Tarceva demonstrated synergistic effects.
[0263] The data in this example shows that for all AD4 and Tarceva compounds studied, all induced apoptosis as individual compounds, however surprising results of synergy was observed when in combination.
EXAMPLE 19: AD4 INCREASED PHOSPHORYLA TED P53 LEVELS: MEASURED BY
PROTEOME PROFILING
[0264] The following example demonstrates the mechanism of action of the current AD4 compound series. Methods are according to Examples 1-7 unless otherwise specified. Compound structures are as disclosed in U.S. Application Serial No.
12/986,146 and WO 2011/085126.
[0265] First, several compounds were evaluated in a proteome profiling array system containing antibodies to 35 apoptosis-related proteins. In this assay (see Example 3), the relative expression levels of these proteins in cell extracts are measured from =
treated and non-treated A549 cells.
[0266] The results from this study indicate that 6 AD4 compounds (AD4-13178, AD4-13225, AD4-13243, AD4-13130, AD4-13229 and AD4-13165) at a concentration of 5 M, increased all three phosphorylated forms of p53, similar to nutlin, which inhibits the binding of p53 and MDM2.
[0267] Surprisingly, the pattern of expression produced by the AD4 compounds was different from nutlin (e.g., nutlin increased the expression of BAD and Bax, whereas the AD4 compounds did not), demonstrating that the AD4 compounds produce their effect on p53 by a different mechanism than nutlin. More importantly, all six of the compounds that increased the phosphorylated forms of p53 in the proteome profiler assay increased apoptosis, as measured by DNA fragmentation.
[0268] AD4 compounds in this example increased all three phosphorylated forms of p53 which inhibit the binding of p53 and MDM2.
0471250929; Sambrook and Russel (2001) Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 3d ed., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, ISBN-10: 0879695773; Elhai, J. and Wolk, C.
P. 1988. Methods in Enzymology 167, 747-754; Studier (2005) Protein Expr Purif. 41(1), 207-234; Gellissen, ed. (2005) Production of Recombinant Proteins: Novel Microbial and Eukaryotic Expression Systems, VViley-VCH, ISBN-10: 3527310363; Baneyx (2004) Protein Expression Technologies, Taylor & Francis, ISBN-10: 0954523253).
[0183] Definitions and methods described herein are provided to better define the present disclosure and to guide those of ordinary skill in the art in the practice of the present disclosure. Unless otherwise noted, terms are to be understood according to conventional usage by those of ordinary skill in the relevant art.
[0184] In some embodiments, numbers expressing quantities of ingredients, properties such as molecular weight, reaction conditions, and so forth, used to describe and claim certain embodiments of the present disclosure are to be understood as being modified in some instances by the term "about." In some embodiments, the term "about"
is used to indicate that a value includes the standard deviation of the mean for the device or method being employed to determine the value. In some embodiments, the numerical parameters set forth in the written description and attached claims are approximations that can vary depending upon the desired properties sought to be obtained by a particular embodiment. In some embodiments, the numerical parameters should be construed in light of the number of reported significant digits and by applying ordinary rounding techniques. Notwithstanding that the numerical ranges and parameters setting forth the broad scope of some embodiments of the present disclosure are approximations, the numerical values set forth in the specific examples are reported as precisely as practicable. The numerical values presented in some embodiments of the present disclosure may contain certain errors necessarily resulting from the standard deviation found in their respective testing measurements. The recitation of ranges of values herein is merely intended to serve as a shorthand method of referring individually to each separate value falling within the range. Unless otherwise indicated herein, each individual value is incorporated into the specification as if it were individually recited herein.
=
[01853 In some embodiments, the terms "a" and "an" and "the" and similar references used in the context of describing a particular embodiment (especially in the context of certain of the following claims) can be construed to cover both the singular and the plural, unless specifically noted otherwise. In some embodiments, the term "or" as used herein, including the claims, is used to mean "and/or" unless explicitly indicated to refer to alternatives only or the alternatives are mutually exclusive.
[0186] The terms "comprise," "have" and "include" are open-ended linking verbs.
Any forms or tenses of one or more of these verbs, such as "comprises,"
"comprising,"
"has," "having," "includes" and "including," are also open-ended. For example, any method that "comprises," "has" or "includes" one or more steps is not limited to possessing only those one or more steps and can also cover other unlisted steps.
Similarly, any composition or device that "comprises," "has" or "includes" one or more features is not limited to possessing only those one or more features and can cover other unlisted features.
[0187] All methods described herein can be performed in any suitable order unless otherwise indicated herein or otherwise clearly contradicted by context. The use of any and all examples, or exemplary language (e.g. "such as") provided with respect to certain embodiments herein is intended merely to better illuminate the present disclosure and does not pose a limitation on the scope of the present disclosure otherwise claimed. No language in the specification should be construed as indicating any non-claimed element essential to the practice of the present disclosure.
[0188] Groupings of alternative elements or embodiments of the present disclosure disclosed herein are not to be construed as limitations. Each group member can be referred to and claimed individually or in any combination with other members of the group or other elements found herein. One or more members of a group can be included in, or deleted from, a group for reasons of convenience or patentability. When any such inclusion or deletion occurs, the specification is herein deemed to contain the group as modified thus fulfilling the written description of all Markush groups used in the appended claims.
[0189] Citation of a reference herein shall not be construed as an admission that such is prior art to the present disclosure. =
[0190] Having described the present disclosure in detail, it will be apparent that modifications, variations, and equivalent embodiments are possible without departing the scope of the present disclosure defined in the appended claims. Furthermore, it should be appreciated that all examples in the present disclosure are provided as non-limiting = examples.
EXAMPLES
[0191] The following non-limiting examples are provided to further illustrate the present disclosure. It should be appreciated by those of skill in the art that the techniques disclosed in the examples that follow represent approaches the inventors have found function well in the practice of the present disclosure, and thus can be considered to constitute examples of modes for its practice. However, those of skill in the art should, in light of the present disclosure, appreciate that many changes can be made in the specific embodiments that are disclosed and still obtain a like or similar result without departing from the scope of the present disclosure.
EXAMPLE 1: ALPHASCREEN MEASUREMENT OF P53/MDM2 INTERACTION (USING
TRUNCATED MDM2) [01921 The following example describes an assay that measured the ability of compounds to inhibit the binding of p53 to MDM2 using the AlphaScreen assay technology (PerkinElmer). The following protocol is an adaptation of the method described by H.R. Lawrence et al. (Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 19 (2009) 3756-3759).
Recombinant, truncated, human, N-terminal GST-MDM2 (aa 1-150) was obtained from GeneScript.
Wild-type, full length human N-terminal 6-his p53 was purchased from SignalChem.
[0193] Resulting in a final reaction volume of 241.tIPBS, 0.1% Tween-20, and 10%
glycerol, 30 ng of MDM2 was added, followed by the addition of 1p.l of compound diluted in 100% DMSO that provided a final DMSO concentration of 4%. 30 ng of p53 was then added, mixed, and incubated at room temperature for 1 hour. Glutathione donor beads and Nickel acceptor beads (0.5 lig each; PerkinElmer) were added under subdued lighting conditions to a final reaction volume of 30 p.I /well in a 96 well, 1/2 volume Proxima plate.
The reaction was incubated at room temperature with shaking for 18 hrs in the dark.
Analysis was then performed on a PerkinElmer EnSpire plate reader to determine the ability of compounds to inhibit the binding of p53 to MDM2.
EXAMPLE 2: DNA FRAGMENTATION, MEASUREMENT OF APOPTOSIS
[0194] The following example describes an assay that measured the ability of compounds to induce DNA fragmentation, an indicator of cell apoptosis, using the Roche Cell Death Detection ELISA kit (Cat #11920 685 001). Methods are according to Example 1 unless otherwise specified.
[0195] Tissue Culture. On day 1, seed A549 cells (10,000 cells/well at 200 I/well) in tissue culture media (RPMI-1640 with 1% sodium pyruvate, 1% Pen-Strep, 1% L-Glutamine and 10% FBS) were placed in 96-well, tissue culture-treated plates.
The plates were allowed to incubate overnight @ 37 C, 5% CO2. On day 2, the media was removed from the plates and 160 p.I media containing 5% FBS was added. 40 I of media-containing test compound in 100% DMSO (prepared at 5x the dosing concentration) was added to the existing media resulting in a final DMSO concentration of 0.5%.
Cells were incubated in the presence of a compound for 24 his @ 37 C, 5% CO2.
[0196] DNA Fragmentation Assay. After 24 hrs, the abovementioned plates were centrifuged at 200 x g for 10 min. The media was removed by gently inverting the plate and disposing of the media onto a paper towel. The plates were tapped gently to remove excess media. 200 I lysis buffer was added to each well, and mixed by shaking at 300 rpm. The plates were incubated at room temperature for 30 min. The plates were centrifuged at 200 x g for 10 min and 20 I of lysis supematant was removed for use in ELISA analysis to detect cell death.
[0197] ELISA Analysis. 20 I of the cell lysis supematant was placed into streptavidin-coated plates with 20 I positive control and 20 I incubation buffer negative control. Add 80 pl Immunoreagent (for DNA fragment detection) to each well.
The wells were covered with foil adhesive and shaken at 300 rpm for 2 h at room temperature. The supernatant solution was removed and the wells were washed 3 times with 300 p.I =
incubation buffer. 100 pl of ABTS detection substrate was added to each well.
The wells were incubated on a plate shaker at 250 rpm for approximately 10-20 min. 100 pl ABTS of stop buffer was then added. The absorbance was read at 400 and 492 nm on PolarStar plate reader. The absorbance measures the colored product spectrophotometrically, correlating with apoptosis.
EXAMPLE 3: PROTEOME PROFILE, MEASUREMENT OF APOPTOSIS
[0198] This example describes an assay that measured the relative expression levels of 35 apoptosis-related proteins in a single sample of whole cell extract. Methods are according to Examples 1-2 unless otherwise specified.
[0199] The protocol and reagents were purchased from R&D systems (Human apoptosis array kit; cat. # ARY009). The kit consisted of an antibody array spotted on nitrocellulose membranes with each specific antibody printed in duplicate. The detection antibodies were biotinylated so they could be used with a streptavidin-HRP
conjugate designed for chemiluminescent imaging. The protocol was modified to utilize the LiCor infrared imaging technology by substituting an infrared 680 nm-tagged streptavidin.
(0200] Tissue Culture. A549 NSCLC cells were seeded in 6 well tissue culture plates in RPMI-1640 supplemented with 5% FBS at a density of 1x106cells /
well, 2 ml!
well and allowed to incubate overnight at 37 C, 5 % CO2, and 85% relative humidity.
(02011 The following day, two I of compound dilutions in 100% DMSO were added to the appropriate wells resulting in a final concentration of 5 M. The plates were then incubated for 6 hours at 37 C, 5 c1/0 CO2, and 85 % relative humidity.
Following incubation, the cells were washed with 2 ml of PBS, then lysed with 500 p.1/
well of Lysis buffer, supplemented with a 1/200 dilution of mammalian protease inhibitor cocktail (Sigma Aldrich). The plates were shaken for 30 min at room temperature, spun @
14,000 x g for 5 minutes. 250 I of the supernatant was removed and added to 1.25 ml of Assay buffer 1. The supernatant and Assay buffer 1 were incubated with membranes overnight at room temperature with shaking.
[0202] The following day, the membranes were washed 3 times for 10 min each, with 1 X wash buffer in individual 50 ml Falcon tubes at room temperature with rotation.
The membranes were incubated with a 1/100 dilution of biotinylated detection antibodies for 3 hours at room temperature with shaking.
[0203] The membranes were washed, then incubated with a 1/1000 dilution of IR
680nm-labeled streptavidin (LiCor) for 60 minutes with shaking in the dark.
The membranes were again washed. Excess buffer was blotted from membranes, placed between two pieces of transparent plastic and imaged on the LiCor infrared imager. The LiCor Odyssey software is used to quantitate the pixel intensity of each spot in the array.
EXAMPLE 4: P53 IN-CELL WESTERN, MEASUREMENT OF PHOSPHORYLA TED P53 [0204] This example describes an assay that measures the relative expression of human p53 and phospho-p53 (S15) in intact, formaldehyde-fixed, A549 NSCLC
cells in a 96 well format. Methods are according to Examples 1-3 unless otherwise specified.
[0205] The procedure was adapted from a protocol suggested by LiCor Biosciences.
(0206] First, A549 NSCLC cells were seeded in black 96 well clear bottom tissue culture plates at a density of 25,000 cells/well, 200 l/well, in RPMI-1640 supplemented with 5 % FBS and allowed to incubate overnight at 37 C, 5 % CO2, and 85 %
relative humidity.
(0207] One I of compound titrations in DMSO was added to each well and allowed to incubate for 8 and 30 hrs at 37 C, 5 % CO2, and 85% relative humidity for the determination of phospho p53(S15) and total p53, respectively. The media was removed, then 150 l/well of 4% formaldehyde in PBS was added and incubated at room temperature for 30 min.
[0208] The wells were washed 5X for 5 minutes each, using 200 l/well of 0.1%
Triton X-100 in PBS with shaking to ensure permeation of the cells. 150 l/well of Odyssey Blocking buffer (LiCor) was added to the wells and allowed to shake for 90 minutes at room temperature.
[0209] Next, the blocking buffer was removed, then incubated with 50 l/well of a 1/250 dilution of either: (1) polyclonal Goat anti-human p53 or; (2) a 1/40 dilution of polyclonal Rbt anti human phospho (S15) p53 for 16 hrs at room temperature with shaking. The wells were washed 5x for 5 min each with 0.1% Tween-20 in PBS
with shaking.
[023.0] The cells were then incubated with 50 l/well of either: (1) a 1/5000 dilution of Donkey anti Goat IgG IR 800 nm or; (2) Goat anti-Rbt IR 800 nm containing a dilution of DRAQ7 and 1/1000 dilution of Sapphire 700 for 2-3 hrs at room temperature with shaking in the dark.
[0211] Finally, the wells were washed 5 times for 5 min each with 0.1%
Tween-20 in PBS, with shaking in the dark. The plates were patted dry, then imaged using the LiCor infrared reader. Odyssey software was used to quantify the pixel intensity within each well.
EXAMPLE 5: MEASUREMENT OF CELL PROUFERA770N INHIBITION
[0212] This example describes an assay that measures the ability of compounds to inhibit the proliferation of cultured cells. This assay can also be used to assess whether combining two or more compounds produces additive, synergistic, or antagonistic effects on cell growth. Methods are according to Examples 1-4 unless otherwise specified.
[0213] On day 1, the cells were seeded at 103 cells per well in 100 I of complete media under standard conditions.
[0214] On day 2, the cells were washed and 100 I serum free media was added.
The cells were then incubated for at least 2 hours before the addition of compound(s). 20 I of compound(s) was added to the respective wells and incubated at 37 C, 5 %
for 72 hrs.
[0215] On day 5, 50 I of the MIT dye solution was added to each well. The plates were incubated at 37 C, 5% CO2 for 1 hr. The media was then aspirated and the cells were resuspended in 100 I of DMSO. The plates were allowed to incubate for 5 min at room temperature with gentle shaking.
[0216] The absorbance in each well was determined at 560 nm using a Polarstar plate reader.
EXAMPLE 6: MEASUREMENT OF P53 CELLULAR ACTIVITY
[0217] This example describes an assay that measures the ability of compounds to stimulate p53-induced reporter gene activity. In order for p53 activity to be observed, the interaction of p53 with MDM2 must be inhibited. Methods are according to Examples 1-5 unless otherwise specified.
[0218] HEK293 cells were transiently transfected with the inducible p53-responsive firefly luciferase reporter and constitutively-expressing Renilla construct.
After 16 hrs of transfection at 37 C, 5% CO2, the transfection media was removed and 200 l/well of assay media was added. The cells were then incubated for 8 hrs at 37 C, 5%
CO2.
[0219] 1 ml of compound(s) was added to the cells and incubated for 16 hrs at 37 C and 5 % CO2. The cells were carefully washed with 200 p.1 of PBS. 20 p.L of lysis =
buffer was then added to each well and incubated at room temperature for 15 minutes with shaking.
[0220] The lysis buffer supernatant was transferred to a white/opaque CoStar 96-well plate and 100 I of firefly luceriferase assay substrate was added. The luminescence in each well was determined using a Polarstar plate reader.
[0221] 100 I of Stop and Glow reagent was added to each well, mixed, and the luminescence generated by the Renilla luciferase was determined using a Polarstar plate reader. The Renilla signal was used to normalize the transfection efficiency and cell viability.
EXAMPLE 7: CASPASE ACTIVITY: MEASUREMENT OF APOPTOSIS
[0222] This example describes an assay that measures the ability of compounds to increase the activity of caspase 3/7 activity. Methods are according to Examples 1-6 unless otherwise specified.
[0223] On day 1, 2000 cells were plated per well at 25 l/well. The cells were incubated overnight 37 C, 5 % CO2.
[0224] On day 2, the cells were washed with PBS and 100 I serum free media were added to the cells and incubated overnight.
[0225] On day 3, the cells were treated with the compound(s) diluted in 25 1/well of DMEM, with 1mg/m1 BSA. (no FBS). The plates were incubated for 5.5 hr at 37 C.
The plates were removed from the incubator and allowed to equilibrate to room temperature for 30 min. 25 I of Capsase Glo reagent was added to each well. The plates were covered and allowed to incubate at room temperature for 60 min. The luminescence in each well was determined using a plate reader.
EXAMPLE 8: AD4 COMPOUNDS INHIBIT CELL PROLIFERATION AND DEMONSTRATE
SYNERGISTIC EFFECT WITH TARCEVA
[0226] The following example provides preliminary assessment of the ability of selected AD4 compounds to inhibit EGF-mediated cell proliferation using the A431 cell proliferation assay and to demonstrated synergistic effects with Tarceva.
Methods are according to Examples 1-7 unless otherwise specified. Compound structures are as disclosed in U.S. Application Serial No. 12/986,146 and WO 2011/085126.
[0227] The A431 cell line over-expresses the EGF receptor, and was utilized to assess the ability of AD4 compounds to inhibit EGF-mediated cell proliferation. A number of compounds inhibit cell proliferation in the A431 cell line, with IC50 values ranging from 1.0-3.7 M (see e.g., TABLE 6A). Tarceva inhibits cell proliferation with an IC50 value of 0.8 M (see e.g., TABLE 6A).
[0228] These results indicate that the AD4 compounds inhibit cell proliferation by interfering with a pathway that can potentiate the effects of the EGF
inhibitor.
[0229] Furthermore, AD4 compounds demonstrated synergistic effects with Tarceva (see e.g., TABLE 6B). Cl values <0.8 indicate a synergistic effect. Except for 11511, all of the tested AD4 compounds produced synergy when combined with Tarceva.
AD4-1505 and AD4-10963 produced the greatest effects.
[0230] These results indicate that the combination AD4/Tarceva compounds inhibit cell proliferation by interfering with a pathway that can potentiate the effects of the EGF
receptor inhibitor.
TABLE 6: AD4 Compounds Inhibit Cell Proliferation and Demonstrate Synergistic Effect with Tarceva =
(A) (B) Compound A431 Cell Proliferation A431 Cell Proliferation (IC50, 011) Cl Value Tarceva 0.8 AD4-1505 3.7 0.45 AD4-10963 3.4 0.43 AD4-11511 1.0 0.89 AD4-10482 3.6 0.54 AD4-10483 1.2 0.70 AD4-10942 3.2 0.60 AD4-10944 1.8 0.52 AD4-10628 1.0 0.76 EXAMPLE 9: FURTHER STUDIES SHOWING AD4 COMPOUNDS INHIBIT CELL
PROLJFERATION AND DEMONSTRATE SYNERGISTIC EFFECT WITH TARCEVA
[0231] Based on preliminary results in Example 8, further testing was conducted.
The following example describes the investigation of a compound's ability to inhibit cell proliferation in A431 cells, which overexpress EGF receptors. Methods are according to Examples 1-7 unless otherwise specified. Compound structures are as disclosed in U.S.
Application Serial No. 12/986,146 and WO 2011/085126.
[0232] The results demonstrate that all AD4 compounds inhibit cell proliferation with an IC50 value < 10 M, and six of the AD4 compounds inhibit cell proliferation with an IC50 value < 1 M (see e.g., TABLE 7A). For comparison, Tarceva, an EGF receptor kinase inhibitor, produced an IC50 value of 0.8 M. The IC50 values for AD4 compounds compared to Tarceva are on the same order of magnitude, displaying similar cell proliferation inhibition.
[0233] Furthermore, AD4 compounds in combination with Tarceva were shown to produce a synergistic effect. A number of compounds in the AD4 series were evaluated for their ability to produce synergistic effects (Cl value < 0.8) with Tarceva in the A431 cell proliferation assay (see Example 5).
[0234] Results show that most AD4 compounds tested in combination with Tarceva produce a Cl value <0.8, which indicates synergy (see e.g., TABLE 7B).
[0235] These results indicate that the AD4 compounds inhibit cell proliferation by interfering with a pathway that can potentiate the effects of EGF receptor inhibitors.
TABLE 7: A431 Cell Proliferation Compound (A) (B) (C) A431 Cell Proliferation A431 Cell Proliferation p53/MDM2 (1C50Value, uM) Cl Value IC50 Value (JiM) AD4-1505 3.7 0.29 3.6 AD4-10315 3.5 0.79 1.5 AD4-10381 0.62 0.62 _ AD4-10460 1.1 0.65 AD4-10482 3.6 0.89 18 AD4-10483 1.2 0.75 4.6 AD4-10484 1.3 0.97 7.4 AD4-10628 1.0 0.57 4.0 AD4-10942 3.2 0.57 18 AD4-10944 1.8 0.79 17 AD4-10945 2.7 0.65 4.6 AD4-10963 3.4 0.63 2.0 AD4-11511 1.0 0.89 4.3 .
A04-12632 6.0 0.29 AD4-12902 1.6 0.7 9.4 AD4-12903 1.8 0.67 18 AD4-12905 1.6 0.67 14 AD4-12906 2.8 0.66 4.4 AD4-12907 2.6 0.71 9.2 AD4-12908 4.2 0.64 AD4-12909 6.7 0.54 4.2 AD4-12910 1.8 0.69 7.5 AD4-12911 1.4 0.76 _ AD4-12912 1.2 0.70 AD4-12914 1.4 0.74 AD4-12915 1.1 0.68 AD4-12917 1.6 0.54 3.6 AD4-12918 2.2 0.65 5.2 AD4-13023 1.8 0.74 AD4-13028 1.8 0.76 AD4-13029 1.8 0.83 AD4-13030 2.0 0.83 AD4-13031 1.6 0.74 AD4-13032 1.8 0.69 AD4-13033 1.9 0.80 AD4-13034 1.9 0.70 AD4-13041 2.0 0.69 AD4-13042 2.2 0.81 AD4-13043 2.1 0.81 AD4-13049 1.8 0.84 AD4-13051 1.6 0.72 AD4-13052 1.0 0.75 =
AD4-13053 1.4 0.78 12 AD4-13054 2.1 0.61 9.0 AD4-13055 1.5 0.75 = AD4-13056 1.9 0.63 A04-13057 1.1 0.83 AD4-13058 2.3 0.50 41 AD4-13059 1.0 0.71 AD4-13060 1.5 0.76 AD4-13061 2.2 0.79 AD4-13062 2.5 0.57 44 AD4-13063 4.4 0.77 AD4-13064 5.1 0.64 AD4-13065 4.6 0.61 AD4-13066 5.4 0.60 AD4-13067 1.8 0.63 8.0 AD4-13068 5.8 0.68 A04-13069 0.92 0.91 AD4-13070 1.9 0.65 8.0 , AD4-13071 3.5 0.70 AD4-13072 0.77 0.74 . AD4-13073 1.6 0.85 AD4-13075 1.4 0.83 AD4-13076 1.4 0.71 AD4-13079 1.8 0.91 AD4-13080 2.5 0.68 6.0 AD4-13082 1.9 0.90 AD4-13085 1.7 0.86 AD4:13086 1.5 0.80 AD4-13087 1.8 0.70 , AD4-13088 1.5 0.76 AD4-13089 1.9 0.67 16 AD4-13091 1.6 0.89 AD4-13092 1.5 0.79 \
AD4-13093 1.8 0.80 AD4-13094 1.3 0.76 =
AD4-13095 0.83 0.75 AD4-13096 3.0 0.61 AD4-13098 1.6 0.86 AD4-13099 2.1 0.61 10 AD4-13101 2.1 0.66 20 .
AD4-13102 1.4 0.75 , AD4-13103 1.4 0.79 AD4-13104 2.8 0.67 .
AD4-13106 0.65 0.75 .
A04-13107 1.7 0.64 , AD4-13108 1.6 0.84 AD4-13109 1.5 0.88 =
AD4-13111 0.74 0.95 AD4-13112 2.1 0.73 .
AD4-13113 1.6 0.59 9.0 AD4-13114 0.86 0.81 AD4-13115 1.6 0.74 , AD4-13116 1.8 0.52 13 , AD4-13117 1.3 0.72 .
AD4-13118 1.5 0.60 24 AD4-13121 1.9 0.75 , AD4-13122 1.6 0.84 AD4-13123 1.3 0.71 AD4-13124 1.6 0.76 AD4-13125 1.7 0.70 AD4-13132 1.9 0.82 AD4-13139 1.4 0.75 AD4-13145 2.4 0.86 AD4-13177 2.0 0.9 AD4-13181 2.2 0.89 AD4-13193 4.7 0.92 24 _ AD4-13194 5.3 0.97 26 A04-13195 5.8 0.81 25 AD4-13196 5.0 0.69 10 AD4-13197 3.4 0.63 18 AD4-13198 3.0 0.87 AD4-13199 2.0 1.1 AD4-13200 1.5 0.97 AD4-13201 2.0 0.82 AD4-13202 1.8 0.87 10 , AD4-13243 2.2 0.56 8.5 _ EXAMPLE 10: AD4 COMPOUNDS INHIBIT BINDING OF P53 AND MDM2 [0236] The following example demonstrates the ability of AD4 compounds to inhibit the binding of p53 and MDM2 in a biochemical assay. Methods are according to Examples 1-7 unless otherwise specified. Compound structures are as disclosed in U.S.
Application Serial NO. 12/986,146 and WO 2011/085126.
(0237] The results, which are summarized in TABLE 9, indicate that many of the AD4 compounds inhibit the binding of p53 and MDM2 with an IC50 value < 10 M.
TABLE 9: Inhibition of p53/MDM2 Binding Compound IC 50 Value ( M) _ Compound IC50 Value ( M) AD4-1505 4.2 AD4-10968 . 5.4 AD4-1973 4.6 AD4-11000 17 AD4-1976 5.6 AD4-11017 3.4 AD4-1978 16 AD4-11042 = 18 .
AD4-1991 5.0 AD4-11057 20 AD4-1997 8.0 AD4-11072 49 'AD4-10013 16 AD4-11073 20 , AD4-10016 5.5 AD4-11102 17 A04-10017 3.5 AD4-11103 4.2 AD4-10028 7.1 AD4-11105 21 AD4-10031 6.3 AD4-11151 4.3 AD4-10037 7.6 AD4-11153 3.4 AD4-10051 19 AD4-12902 9.4 AD4-10055 19 AD4-12906 4.4 AD4-10068 18 AD4-12907 9.2 _ AD4-10086 5.7 AD4-12909 4.2 -AD4-10087 7.7 AD4-12910 7.5 AD4-10101 7.0 AD4-12917 3.6 AD4-10108 10 AD4-12918 5.2 AD4-10143 21 AD4-12941 9.5 _ _ AD4-10144 5.8 AD4-13053 12 AD4-10315 1.5 AD4-13054 9.0 AD4-10427 21 AD4-13058 41 .
AD4-10430 .5.0 AD4-13062 44 . i AD4-10460 6.2 AD4-13067 8.0 AD4-10466 13 AD4-13070 8.0 .
AD4-10482 18 AD4-13080 6.0 A04-10483 4.6 AD4-13089 16 AD4-10484 7.4 AD4-13099 10 AD4-10546 3.1 AD4-13113 9.0 AD4-10547 4.3 AD4-13116 13 AD4-10550 9.3 AD4-13118 24 AD4-10628 4.0 AD4-13195 26 AD4-10939 8.6 AD4-13202 10 AD4-10945 4.6 AD4-13214 20 AD4-10952 0.33 AD4-13219 30 AD4-10955 20 AD4-13243 8.5 AD4-10957 61 AD4-13256 9.7 AD4-10958 10 AD4-13262 5.0 AD4-10959 3.4 AD4-13263 4.7 A04-10960 17 AD4-13264 4.5 AD4-10961 0.92 AD4-13265 3.4 AD4-10963 2.0 .
[0238] The following example demonstrates that combination AD4 / Tarceva compounds that inhibit cell proliferation with synergistic effects also inhibit p53/MDM2 binding. Methods are according to Examples 1-7 unless otherwise specified.
Compound structures are as disclosed in U.S. Application Serial No. 12/986,146 and WO
2011/085126.
[ 0 2 3 9 ] The p53/MDM2 results for the compounds (equivalent compounds also evaluated in the A431 cell proliferation assay) are shown in TABLE 6C. These results show that compounds that inhibit cell proliferation in a cell line that over-expresses the EGF receptor, and that produce synergy with the EGF receptor inhibitor, Tarceva, are able to inhibit the binding of p53 and MDM2. As a result, compounds that inhibit the binding of , p53 and MDM2 may provide a novel therapeutic approach for enhancing the activity of compounds that inhibit EGF receptor activity, such as Tarceva.
EXAMPLE 12: AD4 COMPOUNDS INHIBIT BINDING OF P53 WITH MDM2 [ 0 2 4 0] The following example demonstrates a series of identified compounds that inhibit binding of p53 with MDM2. Methods are according to Examples 1-7 unless otherwise specified. The assay was performed as described in Example 1, except that recombinant full length human N-terminal GST-MDM2 was used and obtained from ABNOVA, and the wild type, full length human N-terminal 6-his p53 was purchased from Fisher Scientific Co. Compound structures are as disclosed in U.S. Application Serial No.
12/986,146 and WO 2011/085126.
[0241] The compounds studied in this example were AD4 1505, AD4 10963, AD4 11511, AD4 10482, AD4 10942, AD4 10944, and AD4 10628.
[0242] The most potent of the compounds studied in this example (see e.g.
FIG. 1) were AD4-10963 and AD4-1505, which inhibit binding of the proteins with EC50 values of 100 and 270 nM, respectively.
EXAMPLE 13: AD4 COMPOUNDS INHIBIT INTERAC770N OF P53 AND MDM2 [0243] The following example demonstrates selected compounds that stimulated p53 reporter gene activity using the p53 reporter gene assay. Methods are according to Examples 1-7 unless otherwise specified. Compound structures are as disclosed in U.S.
Application Serial No. 12/986,146 and WO 2011/085126.
[0244] Assessed compounds were chosen from those that potentlyinhibit activity in the p53/MDM2 biochemical assay.
[0245] At a concentration of 10 M, AD4-1505, AD4-10953 and AD4-10944 stimulated p53 reporter gene activity by 42.5-, 9.7- and 7.5-fold, respectively. These results show that the compounds effectively inhibit the interaction of p53 and MDM2 in the cell.
EXAMPLE 14: CORRELATION OF P53/MDM2 INHIBITION AND ABILJTY OF AD4 COMPOUNDS TO PRODUCE SYNERGY WITH TARCEVA
[0246] A correlation plot shows the relationship between the ability of compounds to inhibit p53/MDM2 binding (see Example 13) and the ability to produce synergy with Tarceva (see Example 11) in the A431 cell proliferation assay. Compound structures are as disclosed in U.S. Application Serial No. 12/986,146 and WO 2011/085126.
[0247] Methods are according to Examples 1-7 unless otherwise specified.
[0248] A significant correlation was observed, with an R2value = 0.70 (p <0.05) (see e.g., FIG. 3).
EXAMPLE 15: AD4 COMPOUNDS INDUCE APOPTOSIS AS MEASURED BY DNA
FRAGMENTATION
[0249] The following example demonstrates the ability of compounds to induce apoptosis evaluated by measuring the ability of compounds to induce DNA
fragmentation.
Methods are according to Examples 1-7 unless otherwise specified. Compound structures are as disclosed in U.S. Application Serial No. 12/986,146 and WO 2011/085126.
[02 5 0] The ability of compounds to induce DNA fragmentation was evaluated as an additional measure of apoptosis in A549 lung cancer cells. The percent increase in DNA
fragmentation produced by compounds at a concentration of 1 and 100 were compared to background, and to the response produced by 500 nM staurosporin.
(0253.] The results for those compounds that produced a 20% increase in response relative to staurosporin are summarized in TABLE 10. A total of 28 compounds were found active. .
TABLE 10: Induction of DNA Fragmentation in A549 Cells % Inc. over Background % Inc. Relative to Staurosporin (500 nM) Compound 1 uM 10 ithl li.tM 101.tM
' EXAMPLE 16: AD4 COMPOUNDS INDUCE APOPTOSIS AS MEASURED BY INCREASES DNA
FRAGMENTATION
[0252] The following example demonstrates the activity of compounds on p53 using ' a p53 In Cell Western assay. Methods are according to Examples 1-7 unless otherwise specified. Compound structures are as disclosed in U.S. Application Serial No.
12/986,146 and WO 2011/085126.
[0253] Using antibodies to total p53 or p53 phosphorylated at S15, the ability of compounds to alter the expression of total p53 in the cell, or the amount of phosphorylated S15 p53, were assessed.
[0254] The results indicate that AD4-13243, which increased DNA
fragmentation and increased phosphorylated p53 in the proteome profile assay, significantly increased both total p53 expression and Si 5p-p53 at concentrations of about 1-3 M.
These results demonstrate that AD4-13243 can induce apoptosis by increasing the expression of p53.
EXAMPLE 17: COMBINATION AD4/TARCEVA SYNERGISTICALLY INDUCE APOPTOSIS
[0255] The following example demonstrates the ability of compounds to induce apoptosis evaluated by the measurement of the ability of compounds to induce caspase 3/7 activity. Methods are according to Examples 1-7 unless otherwise specified.
Compound structures are as disclosed in U.S. Application Serial No. 12/986,146 and WO
2011/085126.
[0256] In the caspase assay, which was conducted in A431 cells, compounds were evaluated for their ability to induce apoptosis, relative to the effect produced by 8 M
Tarceva alone. Additionally, cells were evaluated for synergistic effects of compounds in combination with Tarceva. The maximal effect (100 %) was defined using 500 nM staurosporin (a compound commonly used to induce apoptosis, in vitro).
Synergy was determined by determining whether the effect of the combination of Tarceva plus the AD4 compound produced a greater effect than the sum of the effect of Tarceva alone and the AD4 compound alone.
[0257] The results of these studies, which are summarized in TABLE 11, indicate that several compounds induce apoptosis as measured by an increase in caspase.
Furthermore, these compounds produce synergy with Tarceva in this assay.
TABLE 11: Caspase 3/7 Activity Compound % Inc. Relative to Synergy with Tarceva Tarceva AD4-13072 52% Yes AD4-13095 27% Yes AD4-13107 48% = Yes A04-13181 73% Yes AD4-13185 37% Yes AD4-13192 131% Yes AD4-13240 221% Yes AD4-13254 67% Yes EXAMPLE 18: COMBINATION AD4/TARCEVA COMPOUNDS INDUCE APOPTOSIS WITH NO
MEASURABLE CYTOTOXICITY
[0258] The following example demonstrates selected compounds that induce apoptosis. Methods are according to Examples 1-7 unless otherwise specified.
Compound structures are as disclosed in U.S. Application Serial No. 12/986,146 and WO
2011/085126.
[0259] Compounds that inhibit proliferation of cancer cells produce a cytostatic effect, whereas compounds that induce apoptosis, or cell death, of cancer cells are cytotoxic.
[0260] Compounds were evaluated for induced apoptosis measured by the induction of caspase 3/7 activity (see Example 7). The ability of compounds to induce caspase 3/7 activity in A431 cells at a concentration of 10 jiM is compared to the effect produced by 10 M Tarceva.
[0261] The results (see e.g., TABLE 12) indicate that all of the compounds induce apoptosis, some of which (e.g. AD4-10628, AD4-10483 and AD4-11511) produce an effect equal to or greater than Tarceva. None of these compounds were found to produce measurable cytotoxicity in A431 cells.
% increase Compound Relative to Tarceva AD4-1505 45%
AD4-10963 38%
AD4-11511 137%
AD4-10482 21%
AD4-10483 112%
AD4-10942 72%
AD4-10944 72%
AD4-10628 145%
[0262] The effect of the compounds when combined with Tarceva in the apoptosis assay was also evaluated (see e.g., FIG. 4). The combination of AD4-10483 and Tarceva demonstrated synergistic effects.
[0263] The data in this example shows that for all AD4 and Tarceva compounds studied, all induced apoptosis as individual compounds, however surprising results of synergy was observed when in combination.
EXAMPLE 19: AD4 INCREASED PHOSPHORYLA TED P53 LEVELS: MEASURED BY
PROTEOME PROFILING
[0264] The following example demonstrates the mechanism of action of the current AD4 compound series. Methods are according to Examples 1-7 unless otherwise specified. Compound structures are as disclosed in U.S. Application Serial No.
12/986,146 and WO 2011/085126.
[0265] First, several compounds were evaluated in a proteome profiling array system containing antibodies to 35 apoptosis-related proteins. In this assay (see Example 3), the relative expression levels of these proteins in cell extracts are measured from =
treated and non-treated A549 cells.
[0266] The results from this study indicate that 6 AD4 compounds (AD4-13178, AD4-13225, AD4-13243, AD4-13130, AD4-13229 and AD4-13165) at a concentration of 5 M, increased all three phosphorylated forms of p53, similar to nutlin, which inhibits the binding of p53 and MDM2.
[0267] Surprisingly, the pattern of expression produced by the AD4 compounds was different from nutlin (e.g., nutlin increased the expression of BAD and Bax, whereas the AD4 compounds did not), demonstrating that the AD4 compounds produce their effect on p53 by a different mechanism than nutlin. More importantly, all six of the compounds that increased the phosphorylated forms of p53 in the proteome profiler assay increased apoptosis, as measured by DNA fragmentation.
[0268] AD4 compounds in this example increased all three phosphorylated forms of p53 which inhibit the binding of p53 and MDM2.
Claims (21)
1. A composition comprising:
(a) an MDM2 inhibitor; and (b) an EGFR inhibitor, wherein the MDM2 inhibitor is a compound having a formula of or a stereoisomer or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof;
X is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, 2-Methyl, 5-Chloro, 5-Nitro, and 6-Hydroxyl;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of (i) a 2-Pyridyl ring of Formula (3) wherein R23 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; fluoro; chloro;
trifluoromethyl; methyl; ethyl; and methoxy;
R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; fluoro; chloro, methyl; ethyl; methoxy; a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation; a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; aryl comprising a phenyl or heteroaryl five or six membered ring containing from 1 to 4 N, O, or S atoms; and alkoxy-OR10 where is a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation or a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom;
R24 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; fluoro, chloro;
and trifluoromethyl; and R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; methyl; a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation; a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; aryl comprising a phenyl or heteroaryl five or six membered ring containing from 1 to 4 N, O, or S atoms; and alkoxy -OR10 where R10 is a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation or a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom;
(ii) a 3-Pyridyl ring of Formula (4) wherein R5, R6 , and R7 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; trifluoromethyl; a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation, optionally containing one or more halogens; a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; Aryl comprising a phenyl or heteroaryl containing from 1 to 4 N, O, or S
atoms;
and Alkoxy -OR19 where R10 is a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation, optionally containing one or more halogens; or a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; and (iii) a 4-Pyridyl ring of Formula (5) wherein R8 and R9 are independently selected from the group consisting of a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation; a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; aryl comprising a phenyl or heteroaryl containing from 1 to 4 N, O, or S atoms; and alkoxy -OR10 where R10 is a straight chain or branched C-1 to lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation or a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom;
(iv) a phenyl ring substituted with one or more groups selected from a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation; a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; aryl comprising a phenyl or heteroaryl containing from 1 to 4 N, O, or S
atoms;
alkoxy -OR10 where R10 is a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation or a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; trifluoromethyl;
trifluoromethoxy;
difluoromethoxy; 3,4-methylenedioxy; 2,3-methylenedioxy, nitro; and halogen;
and (v) an unsubstituted heteroaryl five or six membered ring containing from 1 to 4 N, O, or S atoms;
(vi) a substituted heteroaryl five or six membered ring containing from 1 to 4 N, O, or S atoms substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation; C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; aryl comprising a phenyl or heteroaryl five or six membered ring containing from 1 to 4 N, O, or S atoms; and alkoxy -OR10 where R10 is a straight chain or branched C-1 to C0-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation or a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom;
and R2 is selected from the group consisting of (i) an unsubstituted phenyl ring or a phenyl ring substituted at the 2-, 3-, 4-, 5- or 6-position with one or more groups independently selected from the group consisting of straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation; C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; aryl comprising a phenyl or heteroaryl five or six membered ring containing from 1 to 4 N, O, or S atoms; hydroxy; alkoxy ¨OR10 where R10 is a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation or a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; 2,3-methylenedioxy; 3,4-methylenedioxy; trifluoroethoxy; dialkylamino having formula -NR13R14 wherein R13 and R14 are independently selected from hydrogen;
straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation;
trifluoromethyl; trifluoromethoxy; difluoromethoxy; 3,4-methylenedioxy; 2,3-methylenedioxy; nitro; and halogen;
(ii) a 2-thiophene ring of Formula (8) wherein R15, R16, and R17 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation; C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom;
alkoxy ¨OR19 where R10 is a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation or a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; dialkylamino; trifluoromethyl; difluoromethyl;
trifluoromethoxy; and halogen (iii) a 3-thiophene ring of Formula (9) wherein R18, R19, and R20 are independently selected from the group consisting of straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation; C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; alkoxy ¨OR10 where R10 is a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation or a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; dialkylamino; trifluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy; and halogen (iv) an unsubstituted 2-Pyridyl ring or a 2-Pyridyl ring substituted at 4- or 6-position of the pyridine ring with one or more groups independently selected from the group consisting of straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation and C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom;
(v) an unsubstituted 3-Pyridyl ring or a 3-Pyridyl ring substituted at the 2-, 4- or 6-position of the pyridine ring with one or more groups independently selected from the group consisting of straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation and C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; and (vi) an unsubstituted 4-Pyridyl ring or a 4-Pyridyl ring substituted at the 2- or 6-position of the pyridine ring with one or more groups independently selected from the group consisting of straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation and C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; or a stereoisomer or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
(a) an MDM2 inhibitor; and (b) an EGFR inhibitor, wherein the MDM2 inhibitor is a compound having a formula of or a stereoisomer or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof;
X is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, 2-Methyl, 5-Chloro, 5-Nitro, and 6-Hydroxyl;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of (i) a 2-Pyridyl ring of Formula (3) wherein R23 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; fluoro; chloro;
trifluoromethyl; methyl; ethyl; and methoxy;
R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; fluoro; chloro, methyl; ethyl; methoxy; a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation; a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; aryl comprising a phenyl or heteroaryl five or six membered ring containing from 1 to 4 N, O, or S atoms; and alkoxy-OR10 where is a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation or a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom;
R24 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; fluoro, chloro;
and trifluoromethyl; and R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; methyl; a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation; a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; aryl comprising a phenyl or heteroaryl five or six membered ring containing from 1 to 4 N, O, or S atoms; and alkoxy -OR10 where R10 is a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation or a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom;
(ii) a 3-Pyridyl ring of Formula (4) wherein R5, R6 , and R7 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; trifluoromethyl; a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation, optionally containing one or more halogens; a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; Aryl comprising a phenyl or heteroaryl containing from 1 to 4 N, O, or S
atoms;
and Alkoxy -OR19 where R10 is a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation, optionally containing one or more halogens; or a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; and (iii) a 4-Pyridyl ring of Formula (5) wherein R8 and R9 are independently selected from the group consisting of a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation; a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; aryl comprising a phenyl or heteroaryl containing from 1 to 4 N, O, or S atoms; and alkoxy -OR10 where R10 is a straight chain or branched C-1 to lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation or a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom;
(iv) a phenyl ring substituted with one or more groups selected from a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation; a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; aryl comprising a phenyl or heteroaryl containing from 1 to 4 N, O, or S
atoms;
alkoxy -OR10 where R10 is a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation or a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; trifluoromethyl;
trifluoromethoxy;
difluoromethoxy; 3,4-methylenedioxy; 2,3-methylenedioxy, nitro; and halogen;
and (v) an unsubstituted heteroaryl five or six membered ring containing from 1 to 4 N, O, or S atoms;
(vi) a substituted heteroaryl five or six membered ring containing from 1 to 4 N, O, or S atoms substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation; C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; aryl comprising a phenyl or heteroaryl five or six membered ring containing from 1 to 4 N, O, or S atoms; and alkoxy -OR10 where R10 is a straight chain or branched C-1 to C0-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation or a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom;
and R2 is selected from the group consisting of (i) an unsubstituted phenyl ring or a phenyl ring substituted at the 2-, 3-, 4-, 5- or 6-position with one or more groups independently selected from the group consisting of straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation; C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; aryl comprising a phenyl or heteroaryl five or six membered ring containing from 1 to 4 N, O, or S atoms; hydroxy; alkoxy ¨OR10 where R10 is a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation or a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; 2,3-methylenedioxy; 3,4-methylenedioxy; trifluoroethoxy; dialkylamino having formula -NR13R14 wherein R13 and R14 are independently selected from hydrogen;
straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation;
trifluoromethyl; trifluoromethoxy; difluoromethoxy; 3,4-methylenedioxy; 2,3-methylenedioxy; nitro; and halogen;
(ii) a 2-thiophene ring of Formula (8) wherein R15, R16, and R17 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation; C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom;
alkoxy ¨OR19 where R10 is a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation or a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; dialkylamino; trifluoromethyl; difluoromethyl;
trifluoromethoxy; and halogen (iii) a 3-thiophene ring of Formula (9) wherein R18, R19, and R20 are independently selected from the group consisting of straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation; C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; alkoxy ¨OR10 where R10 is a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation or a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; dialkylamino; trifluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy; and halogen (iv) an unsubstituted 2-Pyridyl ring or a 2-Pyridyl ring substituted at 4- or 6-position of the pyridine ring with one or more groups independently selected from the group consisting of straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation and C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom;
(v) an unsubstituted 3-Pyridyl ring or a 3-Pyridyl ring substituted at the 2-, 4- or 6-position of the pyridine ring with one or more groups independently selected from the group consisting of straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation and C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; and (vi) an unsubstituted 4-Pyridyl ring or a 4-Pyridyl ring substituted at the 2- or 6-position of the pyridine ring with one or more groups independently selected from the group consisting of straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation and C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; or a stereoisomer or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
2. The composition of claim 1, wherein a combination of the MDM2 inhibitor and the EGFR inhibitor results in a synergistic reduction in cell proliferation in a tumor of the subject or a synergistic increase in apoptosis in a tumor of the subject as compared to administration of either the MDM2 inhibitor or the EGFR
inhibitor alone.
inhibitor alone.
3. The composition of claim 1, wherein the EGFR inhibitor is selected from the group consisting of cetuximab, panitumumab, nimotuzumab, zalutumumab, matuzumab, potato carboxypeptidase inhibitor, gefitinib, lapatinib, and erlotinib, or a combination thereof.
4. The composition of claim 1, wherein the EGFR inhibitor is erlotinib.
5. The composition of claim 1, wherein the MDM2 inhibitor (i) inhibits MDM2 activity; (ii) increases phosphorylated p53; (iii) re-activates p53; or (iv) inhibits binding of p53 and MDM2; or a combination thereof.
6. The composition of claim 1, wherein the MDM2 inhibitor is a compound having a formula of:
or a stereoisomer or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein, X is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, 2-Methyl, and 5-Chloro, R1 is selected from the group consisting of (i) a 2-Pyridyl ring of Formula (3) wherein R23 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; fluoro; chloro;
and methyl;
R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; chloro; and methyl;
R24 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; fluoro; chloro;
and trifluoromethyl; and R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; and methyl;
(ii) a 3-Pyridyl ring of Formula (4) wherein R5, R6 , and R7 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and trifluoromethyl and R2 is selected from the group consisting of (i) an unsubstituted phenyl ring or a phenyl ring substituted at the 2-, 3-, 4-, 5- or 6-position with one or more groups independently selected from the group consisting of methyl; methoxy; ethoxy; trifluoroethoxy; trifluoromethyl;
hydroxy;
trifluoromethoxy; Cl; and F, (ii) a 2-thiophene ring of Formula (8) wherein R15, R16, and R17 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and methyl a stereoisomer or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
or a stereoisomer or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein, X is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, 2-Methyl, and 5-Chloro, R1 is selected from the group consisting of (i) a 2-Pyridyl ring of Formula (3) wherein R23 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; fluoro; chloro;
and methyl;
R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; chloro; and methyl;
R24 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; fluoro; chloro;
and trifluoromethyl; and R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; and methyl;
(ii) a 3-Pyridyl ring of Formula (4) wherein R5, R6 , and R7 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and trifluoromethyl and R2 is selected from the group consisting of (i) an unsubstituted phenyl ring or a phenyl ring substituted at the 2-, 3-, 4-, 5- or 6-position with one or more groups independently selected from the group consisting of methyl; methoxy; ethoxy; trifluoroethoxy; trifluoromethyl;
hydroxy;
trifluoromethoxy; Cl; and F, (ii) a 2-thiophene ring of Formula (8) wherein R15, R16, and R17 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and methyl a stereoisomer or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
7. The composition of claim 1, wherein the MDM2 inhibitor comprises a compound selected from the group consisting of:
8. A package comprising (a) a composition comprising an MDM2 inhibitor and an EGFR inhibitor according to definitions of claim 1 or (b) a composition comprising an MDM2 inhibitor according to definitions of claim 1 and a composition comprising an EGFR inhibitor according to definitions of claim 1.
9. Use of a therapeutically effective amount of (a) an MDM2 inhibitor, and (b) an EGFR inhibitor for the treatment of a proliferative disease, disorder, or condition in a subject in need thereof, wherein the MDM2 inhibitor is a compound having a formula of or a stereoisomer or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof;
X is selected from the group consisting of. hydrogen, 2-Methyl, 5-Chloro, 5-Nitro, and 6-Hydroxyl, R1 is selected from the group consisting of:
(i) a 2-Pyridyl ring of Formula (3) wherein R23 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; fluoro; chloro;
trifluoromethyl; methyl; ethyl; and methoxy;
R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; fluoro; chloro;
methyl; ethyl; methoxy; a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation, a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; aryl comprising a phenyl or heteroaryl five or six membered ring containing from 1 to 4 N, O, or S atoms; and alkoxy -OR10 where is a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation or a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom;
R24 is selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, fluoro; chloro;
and trifluoromethyl; and R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation, a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom, aryl comprising a phenyl or heteroaryl five or six membered ring containing from 1 to 4 N, 0, or S atoms, and alkoxy -OR10 where R10 is a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation or a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom, (ii) a 3-Pyridyl ring of Formula (4) wherein R5, R6, and R7 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, trifluoromethyl, a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation, optionally containing one or more halogens, a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom, Aryl comprising a phenyl or heteroaryl containing from 1 to 4 N, O, or S
atoms, and Alkoxy -OR10 where R10 is a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation, optionally containing one or more halogens, or a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom, and (iii) a 4-Pyridyl ring of Formula (5) wherein R8 and R9 are independently selected from the group consisting of: a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation; a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; aryl comprising a phenyl or heteroaryl containing from 1 to 4 N, O, or S atoms; and alkoxy -OR10 where R10 is a straight chain or branched C-1 to lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation or a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom;
(iv) a phenyl ring substituted with one or more groups selected from a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation; a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; aryl comprising a phenyl or heteroaryl containing from 1 to 4 N, O, or S
atoms;
alkoxy -OR10 where R10 is a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation or a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; trifluoromethyl;
trifluoromethoxy, difluoromethoxy; 3,4-methylenedioxy; 2,3-methylenedioxy; nitro; and halogen;
and (v) an unsubstituted heteroaryl five or six membered ring containing from 1 to 4 N, O, or S atoms;
(vi) a substituted heteroaryl five or six membered ring containing from 1 to 4 N, O, or S atoms substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of: straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation; C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; aryl comprising a phenyl or heteroaryl five or six membered ring containing from 1 to 4 N, O, or S atoms; and alkoxy -OR10 where R10 is a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation or a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom;
and R2 is selected from the group consisting of: (i) an unsubstituted phenyl ring or a phenyl ring substituted at the 2-, 3-, 4-, 5- or 6-position with one or more groups independently selected from the group consisting of. straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation; C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom;
aryl comprising a phenyl or heteroaryl five or six membered ring containing from 1 to 4 N, O, or S atoms; hydroxy; alkoxy -OR10 where R10 is a straight chain or branched to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation or a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom, 2,3-methylenedioxy; 3,4-methylenedioxy; trifluoroethoxy; dialkylamino having formula -NR13R14 wherein R13 and R14 are independently selected from hydrogen;
straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation;
trifluoromethyl; trifluoromethoxy; difluoromethoxy; 3,4-methylenedioxy; 2,3-methylenedioxy; nitro; and halogen;
(ii) a 2-thiophene ring of Formula (8) wherein R15, R16, and R17 are independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen; straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation; C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom;
alkoxy -OR10 where R10 is a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation or a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; dialkylamino; trifluoromethyl; difluoromethyl;
trifluoromethoxy, and halogen (iii) a 3-thiophene ring of Formula (9) wherein R18, R19, and R20 are independently selected from the group consisting of: straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation; C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; alkoxy -OR10 where R10 is a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation or a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; dialkylamino; trifluoromethyl; difluoromethyl; trifluoromethoxy; and halogen (iv) an unsubstituted 2-Pyridyl ring or a 2-Pyridyl ring substituted at 4- or 6-position of the pyridine ring with one or more groups independently selected from the group consisting of: straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation and C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom;
(v) an unsubstituted 3-Pyridyl ring or a 3-Pyridyl ring substituted at the 2-, 4- or 6-position of the pyridine ring with one or more groups independently selected from the group consisting of: straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation and C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; and (vi) an unsubstituted 4-Pyridyl ring or a 4-Pyridyl ring substituted at the 2- or 6-position of the pyridine ring with one or more groups independently selected from the group consisting of straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation and C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; or a stereoisomer or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
X is selected from the group consisting of. hydrogen, 2-Methyl, 5-Chloro, 5-Nitro, and 6-Hydroxyl, R1 is selected from the group consisting of:
(i) a 2-Pyridyl ring of Formula (3) wherein R23 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; fluoro; chloro;
trifluoromethyl; methyl; ethyl; and methoxy;
R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; fluoro; chloro;
methyl; ethyl; methoxy; a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation, a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; aryl comprising a phenyl or heteroaryl five or six membered ring containing from 1 to 4 N, O, or S atoms; and alkoxy -OR10 where is a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation or a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom;
R24 is selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, fluoro; chloro;
and trifluoromethyl; and R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation, a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom, aryl comprising a phenyl or heteroaryl five or six membered ring containing from 1 to 4 N, 0, or S atoms, and alkoxy -OR10 where R10 is a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation or a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom, (ii) a 3-Pyridyl ring of Formula (4) wherein R5, R6, and R7 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, trifluoromethyl, a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation, optionally containing one or more halogens, a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom, Aryl comprising a phenyl or heteroaryl containing from 1 to 4 N, O, or S
atoms, and Alkoxy -OR10 where R10 is a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation, optionally containing one or more halogens, or a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom, and (iii) a 4-Pyridyl ring of Formula (5) wherein R8 and R9 are independently selected from the group consisting of: a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation; a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; aryl comprising a phenyl or heteroaryl containing from 1 to 4 N, O, or S atoms; and alkoxy -OR10 where R10 is a straight chain or branched C-1 to lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation or a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom;
(iv) a phenyl ring substituted with one or more groups selected from a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation; a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; aryl comprising a phenyl or heteroaryl containing from 1 to 4 N, O, or S
atoms;
alkoxy -OR10 where R10 is a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation or a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; trifluoromethyl;
trifluoromethoxy, difluoromethoxy; 3,4-methylenedioxy; 2,3-methylenedioxy; nitro; and halogen;
and (v) an unsubstituted heteroaryl five or six membered ring containing from 1 to 4 N, O, or S atoms;
(vi) a substituted heteroaryl five or six membered ring containing from 1 to 4 N, O, or S atoms substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of: straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation; C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; aryl comprising a phenyl or heteroaryl five or six membered ring containing from 1 to 4 N, O, or S atoms; and alkoxy -OR10 where R10 is a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation or a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom;
and R2 is selected from the group consisting of: (i) an unsubstituted phenyl ring or a phenyl ring substituted at the 2-, 3-, 4-, 5- or 6-position with one or more groups independently selected from the group consisting of. straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation; C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom;
aryl comprising a phenyl or heteroaryl five or six membered ring containing from 1 to 4 N, O, or S atoms; hydroxy; alkoxy -OR10 where R10 is a straight chain or branched to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation or a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom, 2,3-methylenedioxy; 3,4-methylenedioxy; trifluoroethoxy; dialkylamino having formula -NR13R14 wherein R13 and R14 are independently selected from hydrogen;
straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation;
trifluoromethyl; trifluoromethoxy; difluoromethoxy; 3,4-methylenedioxy; 2,3-methylenedioxy; nitro; and halogen;
(ii) a 2-thiophene ring of Formula (8) wherein R15, R16, and R17 are independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen; straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation; C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom;
alkoxy -OR10 where R10 is a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation or a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; dialkylamino; trifluoromethyl; difluoromethyl;
trifluoromethoxy, and halogen (iii) a 3-thiophene ring of Formula (9) wherein R18, R19, and R20 are independently selected from the group consisting of: straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation; C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; alkoxy -OR10 where R10 is a straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation or a C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; dialkylamino; trifluoromethyl; difluoromethyl; trifluoromethoxy; and halogen (iv) an unsubstituted 2-Pyridyl ring or a 2-Pyridyl ring substituted at 4- or 6-position of the pyridine ring with one or more groups independently selected from the group consisting of: straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation and C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom;
(v) an unsubstituted 3-Pyridyl ring or a 3-Pyridyl ring substituted at the 2-, 4- or 6-position of the pyridine ring with one or more groups independently selected from the group consisting of: straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation and C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; and (vi) an unsubstituted 4-Pyridyl ring or a 4-Pyridyl ring substituted at the 2- or 6-position of the pyridine ring with one or more groups independently selected from the group consisting of straight chain or branched C-1 to C-4 lower alkyl optionally containing unsaturation and C-1 to C-6 cycloalkyl optionally containing unsaturation or one oxygen or nitrogen atom; or a stereoisomer or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
10. The use of claim 9, wherein the proliferative disease, disorder, or condition comprises cancer.
11. The use of claim 9, wherein use of the MDM2 inhibitor and the EGFR
inhibitor results in a synergistic reduction in cell proliferation in a tumor of the subject or a synergistic increase in apoptosis in a tumor of the subject as compared to use of either the MDM2 inhibitor or the EGFR inhibitor alone.
inhibitor results in a synergistic reduction in cell proliferation in a tumor of the subject or a synergistic increase in apoptosis in a tumor of the subject as compared to use of either the MDM2 inhibitor or the EGFR inhibitor alone.
12. The use of claim 9, wherein the MDM2 inhibitor and the EGFR inhibitor are comprised in a pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient.
13. The use of claim 9, wherein each of the MDM2 inhibitor and the EGFR
inhibitor is independently comprised in a pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient.
inhibitor is independently comprised in a pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient.
14. The use of claim 9, wherein the subject has one or more of. (i) an inactivating P53 mutation or deletion in the subject; (ii) a defect in an upstream component of a p53 pathway; (iii) a defect in a downstream component of the p53 pathway; (iv) increased expression in an MDM2 gene as compared to a control;
(v) increased levels of MDM2 protein as compared to a control; or (vi) resistance to treatment with an EGFR inhibitor alone.
(v) increased levels of MDM2 protein as compared to a control; or (vi) resistance to treatment with an EGFR inhibitor alone.
15. The use of claim 9, wherein the EGFR inhibitor is selected from the group consisting of cetuximab, panitumumab, nimotuzumab, zalutumumab, matuzumab, potato carboxypeptidase inhibitor, gefitinib, lapatinib, and erlotinib, or a combination thereof.
16. The use of claim 9, wherein the EGFR inhibitor is erlotinib.
17. The use of claim 9, wherein the MDM2 inhibitor (i) inhibits MDM2 activity; (ii) increases phosphorylated p53; (iii) re-activates p53; (iv) inhibits binding of p53 and MDM2; or a combination thereof.
18. The use of claim 9, wherein the MDM2 inhibitor is a compound having a formula of:
or a stereoisomer or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof;
wherein, X is selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, 2-Methyl, and 5-Chloro, R1 is selected from the group consisting of:
(i) a 2-Pyridyl ring of Formula (3) wherein R23 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro; chloro;
and methyl;
R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; chloro; and methyl;
R24 is selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen; fluoro; chloro;
and trifluoromethyl; and R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; and methyl;
(ii) a 3-Pyridyl ring of Formula (4) wherein R5, R6 , and R7 are independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen and trifluoromethyl and R2 is selected from the group consisting of (i) an unsubstituted phenyl ring or a phenyl ring substituted at the 2-, 3-, 4-, 5- or 6-position with one or more groups independently selected from the group consisting of: methyl; methoxy, ethoxy, trifluoroethoxy, trifluoromethyl;
hydroxy;
trifluoromethoxy; CI; and F;
(ii) a 2-thiophene ring of Formula (8) wherein R15, R16, and R17 are independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen and methyl or a stereoisomer or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
or a stereoisomer or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof;
wherein, X is selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, 2-Methyl, and 5-Chloro, R1 is selected from the group consisting of:
(i) a 2-Pyridyl ring of Formula (3) wherein R23 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro; chloro;
and methyl;
R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; chloro; and methyl;
R24 is selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen; fluoro; chloro;
and trifluoromethyl; and R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; and methyl;
(ii) a 3-Pyridyl ring of Formula (4) wherein R5, R6 , and R7 are independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen and trifluoromethyl and R2 is selected from the group consisting of (i) an unsubstituted phenyl ring or a phenyl ring substituted at the 2-, 3-, 4-, 5- or 6-position with one or more groups independently selected from the group consisting of: methyl; methoxy, ethoxy, trifluoroethoxy, trifluoromethyl;
hydroxy;
trifluoromethoxy; CI; and F;
(ii) a 2-thiophene ring of Formula (8) wherein R15, R16, and R17 are independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen and methyl or a stereoisomer or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
19. The use of claim 9, wherein the MDM2 inhibitor comprises a compound selected from the group consisting of:
20. The use of claim 9 wherein the proliferative disease, disorder, or condition is one or more of the group consisting of cancer; blood vessel proliferative disorders; fibrotic disorders; mesangial cell proliferative disorders;
psoriasis; actinic keratoses; seborrheic keratoses; warts; keloid scars; eczema;
hyperproliferative diseases caused by virus infections; and papilloma virus infection.
psoriasis; actinic keratoses; seborrheic keratoses; warts; keloid scars; eczema;
hyperproliferative diseases caused by virus infections; and papilloma virus infection.
21. The use of claim 9, wherein the EGFR inhibitor is erlotinib; and the proliferative disease, disorder, or condition is cancer.
Applications Claiming Priority (9)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US36648010P | 2010-07-21 | 2010-07-21 | |
| US61/366,480 | 2010-07-21 | ||
| USPCT/US2011/020418 | 2011-01-06 | ||
| PCT/US2011/020414 WO2011085126A2 (en) | 2010-01-06 | 2011-01-06 | Methods and compositions of targeted drug development |
| PCT/US2011/020418 WO2011085129A2 (en) | 2010-01-06 | 2011-01-06 | Methods and compositions of targeted drug development |
| US12/986,146 US8618302B2 (en) | 2010-01-06 | 2011-01-06 | Methods and compositions of targeted drug development |
| US12/986,146 | 2011-01-06 | ||
| USPCT/US2011/020414 | 2011-01-06 | ||
| PCT/US2011/044882 WO2012012653A1 (en) | 2010-07-21 | 2011-07-21 | Combination therapy with mdm2 and efgr inhibitors |
Publications (2)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| CA2805658A1 CA2805658A1 (en) | 2012-01-26 |
| CA2805658C true CA2805658C (en) | 2016-12-13 |
Family
ID=45497182
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| CA2805658A Expired - Fee Related CA2805658C (en) | 2010-07-21 | 2011-07-21 | Combination therapy with mdm2 and egfr inhibitors |
Country Status (3)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| EP (1) | EP2596366A4 (en) |
| CA (1) | CA2805658C (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2012012653A1 (en) |
Families Citing this family (6)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CA2858565A1 (en) * | 2011-12-07 | 2013-07-04 | Duke University | Methods of identifying and using mdm2 inhibitors |
| US20150133450A1 (en) | 2012-06-20 | 2015-05-14 | Eutropics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods and compositions useful for treating diseases involving bcl-2 family proteins with quinoline derivatives |
| WO2014081953A1 (en) | 2012-11-21 | 2014-05-30 | Richard David J | Methods and compositions useful for treating diseases involving bcl-2 family proteins with isoquinoline and quinoline derivatives |
| WO2015017788A1 (en) | 2013-08-01 | 2015-02-05 | Eutropics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Method for predicting cancer sensitivity |
| EP3063302B1 (en) | 2013-10-30 | 2019-12-04 | Eutropics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods for determining chemosensitivity and chemotoxicity |
| EP3388419A1 (en) * | 2017-04-12 | 2018-10-17 | Leadiant Biosciences SA | Gli1 inhibitors and uses thereof |
Family Cites Families (7)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CA2644649C (en) * | 2006-03-22 | 2014-06-17 | Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. | Cyclic-alkylaminederivatives as inhibitors of the interaction between mdm2 and p53 |
| AU2007296744A1 (en) * | 2006-09-11 | 2008-03-20 | Curis, Inc. | Multi-functional small molecules as anti-proliferative agents |
| AU2008300483B2 (en) * | 2007-09-21 | 2013-01-10 | Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv | Inhibitors of the interaction between MDM2 and p53 |
| WO2009117484A2 (en) * | 2008-03-18 | 2009-09-24 | University Of South Florida | Small molecule e2f inhibitor |
| US8445677B2 (en) * | 2008-10-22 | 2013-05-21 | University Of Southern California | Substituted pyrimidyl guanidine derivatives having anticancer activity |
| WO2011082175A2 (en) * | 2009-12-31 | 2011-07-07 | Zacharon Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Glycosaminoglycan inhibitors |
| WO2011085129A2 (en) * | 2010-01-06 | 2011-07-14 | Errico Joseph P | Methods and compositions of targeted drug development |
-
2011
- 2011-07-21 CA CA2805658A patent/CA2805658C/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2011-07-21 WO PCT/US2011/044882 patent/WO2012012653A1/en not_active Ceased
- 2011-07-21 EP EP11810417.3A patent/EP2596366A4/en not_active Withdrawn
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| WO2012012653A1 (en) | 2012-01-26 |
| CA2805658A1 (en) | 2012-01-26 |
| EP2596366A1 (en) | 2013-05-29 |
| EP2596366A4 (en) | 2014-04-16 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| US9273031B2 (en) | Combination therapy with MDM2 and EFGR inhibitors | |
| CN112912077B (en) | Combination therapy for the treatment of triple negative breast cancer | |
| US9757379B2 (en) | Inhibition of HIF-2α heterodimerization with HIF1β (ARNT) | |
| Daniele et al. | Apoptosis therapy in cancer: the first single-molecule co-activating p53 and the translocator protein in glioblastoma | |
| CA2805658C (en) | Combination therapy with mdm2 and egfr inhibitors | |
| CA3172987A1 (en) | Small molecule inhibitors of oncogenic chd1l with preclinical activity against colorectal cancer | |
| JP6512714B2 (en) | Low molecular weight C-Myc inhibitor | |
| AU2015271692A1 (en) | Benzimidazole analogues and related methods | |
| JP2018508563A (en) | USP7 inhibitor compounds and methods of use | |
| WO2022032224A1 (en) | Compositions and methods for the treatment and diagnosis of cancer | |
| US20240197729A1 (en) | ALK-5 Inhibitors and Uses Thereof | |
| US20240132486A1 (en) | Rnf4 targeting compounds and uses thereof | |
| JP7094879B2 (en) | Heterocyclic PDK1 inhibitor for use in treating cancer | |
| MX2007014206A (en) | Methods for treating drug resistant cancer. | |
| US20240398767A1 (en) | Inhibitors of the mtdh-snd1 protein complex for cancer therapy | |
| JP6462868B2 (en) | Arylamine-substituted quinoxalines as anticancer drugs | |
| Ibrahim et al. | Synthesis of novel pyrimido [4, 5‐b] quinolines as potential anticancer agents and HER2 inhibitors | |
| CN116425735A (en) | 2, 4-diphenylamine pyrimidine derivative, and preparation method and application thereof | |
| TWI725041B (en) | Chk1/2 inhibitors for use in the treatment of neuroblastomas and/or soft tissue sarcomas | |
| US20250122193A1 (en) | Novel pyridocarbazolium compounds and medical uses thereof | |
| US20250057813A1 (en) | Apoptosis related protein in the tgf-beta signaling pathway (arts) mimetic compounds, compositions, methods and uses thereof in induction of apoptosis | |
| US20220054493A1 (en) | Inhibitors of ngal protein | |
| EA028800B1 (en) | Combination of a imidazopyridazine derivative and a mitotic agent for the treatment of cancer | |
| WO2024117980A1 (en) | Compounds for modulating src family kinases and uses thereof | |
| HK40090611A (en) | Use of imipridones in manufacturing a medicament for treating a central nervous system cancer |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| EEER | Examination request |
Effective date: 20150410 |
|
| MKLA | Lapsed |
Effective date: 20220301 |
|
| MKLA | Lapsed |
Effective date: 20200831 |